replace berlios url's with sourceforge url's
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About Jim-Tcl
507 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
508 @cindex Jim-Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
522 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
523 OpenOCD mailing list.
524
525 @itemize @bullet
526 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
527 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
528 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
529 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
530 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
531 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
532
533 @item @b{Missing Features}
534 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
535 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
536 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
537 enabled in OpenOCD.
538
539 @item @b{Scripts}
540 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
541 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
542 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
543
544 @item @b{Commands}
545 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
546 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
547 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
548 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
549
550 @item @b{Historical Note}
551 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
552 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
553 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
554 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
555
556 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
557 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
558 @end itemize
559
560 @node Running
561 @chapter Running
562 @cindex command line options
563 @cindex logfile
564 @cindex directory search
565
566 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
567 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
568 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
569 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
570 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
571
572 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
573 tell it how each debug session should work.
574 The @option{--help} option shows:
575 @verbatim
576 bash$ openocd --help
577
578 --help | -h display this help
579 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
580 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
581 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
582 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
583 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
584 --command | -c run <command>
585 @end verbatim
586
587 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
588 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
589 To specify one or more different
590 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
591
592 @example
593 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
594 @end example
595
596 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
597 @enumerate
598 @item the current directory,
599 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
600 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
601 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
602 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
603 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
604 @end enumerate
605 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
606
607 @quotation Note
608 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
609 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
610 @end quotation
611
612 @section Simple setup, no customization
613
614 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
615 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
616 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
617 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
618 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
619
620 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
621 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
622 the server like:
623
624 @example
625 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
626 @end example
627
628 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
629 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
630 If all goes well you'll see output something like
631
632 @example
633 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
634 For bug reports, read
635 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
636 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
637 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
638 @end example
639
640 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
641 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
642 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
643
644 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
645
646 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
647 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
648 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
649 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
650 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
651 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
652 ensure that this always succeeds.
653 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
654 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
655 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
656 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
657
658 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
659 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
660 those channels.
661
662 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
663 the @option{-d} option.
664
665 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
666 @option{-c} command line switch.
667
668 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
669 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
670 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
671 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
672 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
673 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
674 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
675
676 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
677 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
678
679 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
680 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
681 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
682 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
683
684 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
685 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
686
687 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
688 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
689 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
690 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
691 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
692 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
693 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
694
695 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
696
697 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
698 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
699 and a USB cable on the other.
700 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
701 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
702
703 @enumerate
704 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
705 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
706 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
707 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
708 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
709 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
710 debugging host.
711
712 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
713 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
714 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
715 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
716 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
717
718 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
719 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
720 with 1.2 Volt boards.
721
722 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
723 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
724 ways to connect the cable.
725 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
726 Be sure it's firmly connected.
727
728 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
729 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
730 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
731 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
732 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
733 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
734 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
735 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
736
737 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
738 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
739 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
740 but are tedious to set up.
741 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
742 adapter signals to the right board pins.
743
744 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
745 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
746 you are using to run OpenOCD.
747 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
748
749 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
750 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
751 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
752
753 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
754 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
755 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
756
757 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
758 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
759 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
760 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
761
762 @end enumerate
763
764 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
765 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
766 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
767
768 @section Project Directory
769
770 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
771
772 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
773 single directory for your work with a given board.
774 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
775 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
776 files accessed through semihosting,
777 and for code you upload to the target board.
778 It is also the natural place to write files,
779 such as log files and data you download from the board.
780
781 @section Configuration Basics
782
783 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
784 a variety of ways you can mix them.
785 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
786
787 @itemize
788 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
789 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
790 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
791 @end itemize
792
793 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
794 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
795 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
796
797 @example
798 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
799
800 # GDB can also flash my flash!
801 gdb_memory_map enable
802 gdb_flash_program enable
803
804 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
805 @end example
806
807 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
808
809 @example
810 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
811 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
812 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
813 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
814 @end example
815
816 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
817 each supporting a different development task.
818 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
819 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
820
821 @quotation Important
822 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
823 problems with how it treats variables.
824 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
825 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
826 that can be tested in a later script.
827 @end quotation
828
829 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
830 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
831 to simplify your work.
832
833 @section User Config Files
834 @cindex config file, user
835 @cindex user config file
836 @cindex config file, overview
837
838 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
839 in one place.
840 One of the following will match your situation best:
841
842 @itemize
843 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
844 provided by someone else.
845 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
846 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
847 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
848 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
849 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
850 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
851
852 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
853 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
854
855 @enumerate
856 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
857 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
858 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
859 @end enumerate
860
861 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
862 The first is an interface config file.
863 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
864 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
865 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
866 meet your deadline:
867
868 @example
869 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
870 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
871 @end example
872
873 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
874 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
875 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
876 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
877
878 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
879 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
880 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
881 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
882 target and board
883 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
884 @xref{Autoprobing}.
885
886 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
887 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
888 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
889 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
890
891 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
892 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
893 giving access to your particular flash chips.
894 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
895 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
896
897 @quotation Note
898 When you write new configuration files, please submit
899 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
900 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
901 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
902 will help support users of any board using that chip.
903 @end quotation
904
905 @item
906 You may may need to write some C code.
907 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
908 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
909 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
910 a new chip architecture.
911 @end itemize
912
913 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
914 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
915 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
916
917 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
918 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
919 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
920 @itemize
921
922 @item
923 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
924 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
925 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
926 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
927
928 @item
929 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
930 @cindex vector_catch
931 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
932 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
933 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
934 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
935 along with messaging and tracing setup.
936 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
937
938 @item
939 You might need to override some defaults.
940 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
941 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
942
943 @item
944 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
945 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
946 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
947 @end itemize
948
949 @section Project-Specific Utilities
950
951 A few project-specific utility
952 routines may well speed up your work.
953 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
954
955 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
956 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
957 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
958 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
959 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
960 may help:
961
962 @example
963 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
964 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
965 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
966 # Leave the CPU halted.
967 reset init
968
969 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
970 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
971
972 # Start running.
973 resume 0x20000000
974 @}
975 @end example
976
977 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
978 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
979 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
980 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
981 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
982
983 @example
984 proc newboot @{ @} @{
985 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
986 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
987 # "reset halt" would be slower.
988 reset init
989
990 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
991 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
992 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
993 flash protect 0 0 1 off
994 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
995 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
996 flash protect 0 0 1 on
997
998 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
999 reset run
1000 @}
1001 @end example
1002
1003 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1004 from NAND.
1005 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1006 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1007 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1008
1009 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1010 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1011
1012 @section Target Software Changes
1013
1014 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1015 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1016 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1017 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1018 handling issues like:
1019
1020 @itemize @bullet
1021
1022 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1023 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1024 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1025 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1026 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1027 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1028 your debug sessions.
1029
1030 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1031 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1032 That might however be your only option.
1033
1034 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1035 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1036 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1037 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1038 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1039 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1040 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1041 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1042 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1043 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1044 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1045 instead of the whole thing.
1046 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1047 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1048
1049 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1050 @cindex ARM semihosting
1051 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1052 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1053 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1054 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1055 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1056 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1057 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1058 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1059 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1060 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1061 NAND or SPI flash.
1062
1063 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1064 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1065 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1066 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1067 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1068
1069 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1070 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1071 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1072 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1073 registers which can be used to change various features including
1074 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1075 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1076 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1077 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1078 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1079
1080 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1081 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1082 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1083 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1084 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1085
1086 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1087 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1088 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1089 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1090 early code execution can be debugged
1091 or firmware can be replaced.
1092
1093 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1094 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1095 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1096 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1097 operations like writing to memory.)
1098
1099 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1100 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1101 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1102 various kinds of message.
1103 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1104
1105 @end itemize
1106
1107 @section Target Hardware Setup
1108
1109 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1110 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1111 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1112 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1113 working with.}
1114
1115 Common issues include:
1116
1117 @itemize @bullet
1118
1119 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1120 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1121 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1122 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1123 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1124 or one from a daughtercard).
1125 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1126 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1127
1128 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1129 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1130 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1131 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1132 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1133 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1134
1135 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1136 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1137 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1138 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1139 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1140
1141
1142 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1143 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1144 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1145 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1146 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1147 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1148 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1149
1150 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1151 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1152 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1153 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1154 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1155
1156 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1157 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1158 used to start booting.
1159
1160 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1161 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1162 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1163 multiple audio codec chips).
1164 This interacts with software
1165 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1166 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1167 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1168 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1169 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1170 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1171 audio or video codecs are used.
1172
1173 @end itemize
1174
1175 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1176 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1177 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1178 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1179 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1180 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1181 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1182 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1183 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1184 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1185
1186
1187 @node Config File Guidelines
1188 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1189
1190 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1191 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1192 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1193 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1194
1195 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1196 with files including the ones listed here.
1197 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1198 @itemize @bullet
1199 @item @file{interface} ...
1200 These are for debug adapters.
1201 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1202 @example
1203 $ ls interface
1204 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1205 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1206 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1207 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1208 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1209 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1210 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1211 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1212 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1213 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1214 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1215 $
1216 @end example
1217 @item @file{board} ...
1218 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1219 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1220 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1221 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1222 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1223 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1224 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1225 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1226 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1227 a CPU and an FPGA.
1228 @example
1229 $ ls board
1230 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1231 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1232 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1233 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1234 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1235 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1236 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1237 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1238 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1239 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1240 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1241 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1242 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1243 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1244 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1245 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1246 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1247 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1248 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1249 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1250 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1251 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1252 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1253 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1254 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1255 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1256 $
1257 @end example
1258 @item @file{target} ...
1259 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1260 on a chip
1261 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1262 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1263 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1264 the target config file defines all of them.
1265 @example
1266 $ ls target
1267 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1268 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1269 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1270 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1271 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1272 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1273 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1274 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1275 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1276 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1277 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1278 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1279 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1280 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1281 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1282 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1283 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1284 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1285 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1286 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1287 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1288 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1289 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1290 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1291 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1292 $
1293 @end example
1294 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1295 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1296 @end itemize
1297
1298 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1299 file may override features in any of the above files by
1300 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1301 commands specific to their situation.
1302
1303 @section Interface Config Files
1304
1305 The user config file
1306 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1307
1308 @example
1309 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1310 @end example
1311
1312 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1313 in use today with OpenOCD.
1314 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1315 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1316
1317 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1318 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1319 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1320 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1321 and need to provide a driver for it.
1322
1323 @section Board Config Files
1324 @cindex config file, board
1325 @cindex board config file
1326
1327 The user config file
1328 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1329
1330 @example
1331 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1332 @end example
1333
1334 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1335 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1336 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1337
1338 @enumerate
1339 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1340 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1341 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1342 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1343 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1344 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1345 @end enumerate
1346
1347 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1348 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1349 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1350 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1351
1352 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1353 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1354 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1355 configuration works.
1356
1357 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1358
1359 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1360 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1361 convention on how to use certain variables.
1362
1363 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1364 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1365 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1366 used at will within a target configuration file.
1367
1368 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1369 for a board with three chips:
1370
1371 @example
1372 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1373 set CHIPNAME network
1374 set ENDIAN big
1375 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1376 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1377 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1378 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1379
1380 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1381 set CHIPNAME video
1382 set ENDIAN little
1383 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1384 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1385 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1386 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1387
1388 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1389 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1390 unset ENDIAN
1391 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1392 @end example
1393
1394 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1395 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1396 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1397 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1398 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1399 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1400 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1401 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1402
1403 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1404 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1405 naming collisions.
1406
1407 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1408 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1409 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1410 up other clocks and peripherals.
1411
1412 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1413 @cindex variable names
1414
1415 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1416 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1417 one such chip (as shown above).
1418 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1419 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1420 to promote consistency and
1421 so that board files can override target defaults.
1422
1423 Inputs to target config files include:
1424
1425 @itemize @bullet
1426 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1427 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1428 tap identifier dotted names.
1429 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1430 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1431 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1432 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1433 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1434 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1435 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1436 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1437 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1438 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1439 @end itemize
1440
1441 Outputs from target config files include:
1442
1443 @itemize @bullet
1444 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1445 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1446 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1447 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1448 specific to that board and that target.
1449 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1450 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1451 @end itemize
1452
1453 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1454 @cindex event, reset-init
1455 @cindex reset-init handler
1456
1457 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1458 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1459 fully set up yet.
1460 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1461 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1462 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1463 handler is one of the most important.
1464
1465 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1466 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1467 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1468 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1469 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1470
1471 @quotation Note
1472 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1473 are included here.
1474 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1475 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1476 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1477 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1478 @end quotation
1479
1480 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1481 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1482 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1483 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1484 those as parameters.
1485 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1486 and disabling the watchdog.
1487 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1488 the next developer doing such work.
1489 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1490
1491 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1492 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1493 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1494 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1495
1496 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1497
1498 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1499 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1500 a low JTAG clock rate.
1501 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1502 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1503 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1504 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1505 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1506 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1507 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1508
1509 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1510 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1511 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1512 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1513 which might be less than that.
1514
1515 @quotation Warning
1516 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1517 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1518 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1519 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1520 @end quotation
1521
1522 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1523 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1524 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1525 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1526 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1527 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1528
1529 @section Target Config Files
1530 @cindex config file, target
1531 @cindex target config file
1532
1533 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1534 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1535 more target config files like this:
1536
1537 @example
1538 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1539 @end example
1540
1541 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1542 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1543 In summary the target files should contain
1544
1545 @enumerate
1546 @item Set defaults
1547 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1548 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1549 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1550 @item On-Chip flash
1551 @end enumerate
1552
1553 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1554 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1555 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1556
1557 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1558 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1559 can talk to the chip.
1560 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1561 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1562 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1563 and other processing engines.
1564
1565 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1566
1567 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1568 letting board config files express environment-specific
1569 differences in how things should be set up.
1570
1571 @example
1572 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1573 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1574 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1575 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1576 @} else @{
1577 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1578 @}
1579
1580 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1581 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1582 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1583 @} else @{
1584 set _ENDIAN little
1585 @}
1586
1587 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1588 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1589 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1590 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1591 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1592 @} else @{
1593 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1594 @}
1595 @end example
1596 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1597
1598 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1599 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1600 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1601
1602 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1603 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1604 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1605
1606 @example
1607 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1608 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1609 @end example
1610
1611 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1612 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1613 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1614 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1615 for taps.
1616
1617 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1618 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1619 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1620 looks (in part) like this:
1621
1622 @example
1623 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1624 @end example
1625
1626 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1627 to source such a config file twice, with different
1628 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1629 it adds a different TAP each time.
1630
1631 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1632 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1633 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1634 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1635
1636 @example
1637 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1638 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1639 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1640 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1641 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1642 @end example
1643
1644 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1645 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1646
1647 @itemize
1648 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1649 plus a JRC to enable them
1650 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1651 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1652 is not currently used)
1653 @end itemize
1654
1655 @subsection Add CPU targets
1656
1657 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1658 GDB and other commands can use it.
1659 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1660 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1661 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1662 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1663
1664 @example
1665 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1666 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1667 @end example
1668
1669 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1670 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1671 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1672 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1673 a work area if you can.
1674 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1675
1676 @example
1677 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1678 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1679 @end example
1680
1681 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1682 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1683 @cindex SMP
1684 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1685
1686 @example
1687 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1688 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1689 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1690 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1691 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1692 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1693 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1694 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1695 @end example
1696 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1697 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1698 @itemize @bullet
1699 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1700 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1701 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1702 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1703 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1704 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1705 @end itemize
1706
1707 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1708 command have been implemented.
1709 @itemize @bullet
1710 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1711 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1712 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1713 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1714 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1715 following example.
1716 @end itemize
1717
1718 @example
1719 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1720 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1721 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1722 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1723 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1724 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1725 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1726 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1727 > resume
1728 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1729 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1730 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1731 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1732 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1733 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1734 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1735 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1736 @end example
1737
1738
1739 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1740
1741 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1742 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1743 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1744
1745 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1746 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1747 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1748 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1749 both signals.
1750
1751 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1752 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1753 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1754 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1755 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1756 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1757 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1758 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1759 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1760 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1761 not available.)
1762
1763 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1764 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1765 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1766 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1767 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1768 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1769 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1770 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1771
1772 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1773 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1774 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1775 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1776 slower clock than they will use later.
1777 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1778 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1779 than they will use later.
1780 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1781
1782 @quotation Important
1783 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1784 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1785 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1786 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1787 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1788 @end quotation
1789
1790 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1791
1792 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1793 special high speed download features - enable it.
1794
1795 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1796
1797 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1798 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1799 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1800 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1801 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1802 If you are using an external trace port,
1803 configure it in your board config file.
1804 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1805 configure it in your target config file.
1806
1807 @example
1808 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1809 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1810 @end example
1811
1812 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1813
1814 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1815
1816 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1817 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1818 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1819 the TARGET (chip) file.
1820
1821 Examples:
1822 @itemize @bullet
1823 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1824 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1825 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1826 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1827 @end itemize
1828
1829 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1830 @section Translating Configuration Files
1831 @cindex translation
1832 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1833 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1834 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1835 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1836 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1837 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1838
1839 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1840 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1841 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1842 convert other scripts later on.
1843
1844 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1845 replace job:
1846
1847 @example
1848 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1849 #
1850 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1851 #
1852 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1853 #
1854 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1855
1856 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1857 global TARGETNAME
1858
1859 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1860
1861 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1862 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1863 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1864 @}
1865 @end example
1866
1867
1868
1869 @node Daemon Configuration
1870 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1871 @cindex initialization
1872 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1873 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1874 supported.
1875
1876 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1877 @section Configuration Stage
1878 @cindex configuration stage
1879 @cindex config command
1880
1881 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1882 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1883 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1884 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1885 inside startup scripts.
1886
1887 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1888 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1889 which may be issued interactively.
1890 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1891 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1892
1893 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1894 flash banks,
1895 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1896 and other basic setup.
1897 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1898 may access or activate TAPs.
1899 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1900 longer be issued.
1901
1902 @section Entering the Run Stage
1903
1904 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1905 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1906 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1907 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1908 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1909 You should see no errors at this point.
1910 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1911 commands you used to configure the server.
1912 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1913 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1914 on the scan chain.
1915
1916 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1917 become available.
1918 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1919 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1920 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1921 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1922 entry to the run stage.
1923
1924 @deffn {Config Command} init
1925 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1926 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1927 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1928 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1929 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1930 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1931
1932 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1933 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1934 configuration files and/or command line options.
1935
1936 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1937 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1938 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1939 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1940 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1941 @end deffn
1942
1943 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1944 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1945 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1946
1947 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1948 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1949 scan chain.
1950 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1951 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1952
1953 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1954 they return.
1955 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1956 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1957 @end deffn
1958
1959 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1960 @section TCP/IP Ports
1961 @cindex TCP port
1962 @cindex server
1963 @cindex port
1964 @cindex security
1965 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1966 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1967 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1968
1969 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1970 access using one or more of these ports.
1971 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1972 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1973 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1974
1975 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1976 @cindex GDB server
1977 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
1978 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
1979 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
1980 the normal use cases.
1981
1982 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
1983 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
1984 disables the gdb server.
1985
1986 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
1987 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
1988
1989 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
1990 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
1991
1992 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
1993 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
1994 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
1995
1996 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
1997 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1998 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1999 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2000 @end deffn
2001
2002 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2003 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2004 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2005 output from the Tcl engine.
2006 Intended as a machine interface.
2007 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2008 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2009
2010 @end deffn
2011
2012 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2013 Specify or query the
2014 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2015 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2016 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2017 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2018 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2019 @end deffn
2020
2021 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2022 @section GDB Configuration
2023 @cindex GDB
2024 @cindex GDB configuration
2025 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2026 The ones listed here are static and global.
2027 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2028 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2029
2030 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2031 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2032 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2033 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2034 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2035 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2036 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2037 @end deffn
2038
2039 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2040 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2041 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2042 vFlash packet is received.
2043 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2044 @end deffn
2045
2046 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2047 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2048 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2049 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2050 for flash programming to work.
2051 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2052 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2053 @end deffn
2054
2055 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2056 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2057 by GDB memory read packets.
2058 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2059 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2060 @end deffn
2061
2062 @anchor{Event Polling}
2063 @section Event Polling
2064
2065 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2066 where significant events can happen at any time.
2067 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2068 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2069 or to GDB.
2070
2071 Examples of such events include:
2072
2073 @itemize
2074 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2075 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2076 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2077 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2078 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2079 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2080 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2081 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2082 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2083 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2084 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2085 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2086 @end itemize
2087
2088 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2089 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2090 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2091 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2092 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2093
2094 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2095 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2096 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2097 to the various active targets.
2098 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2099 which is normally done in the background.
2100
2101 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2102 Poll the current target for its current state.
2103 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2104 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2105 specific information about the current state is printed.
2106 An optional parameter
2107 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2108
2109 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2110 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2111 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2112 @example
2113 > poll
2114 background polling: on
2115 target state: halted
2116 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2117 current mode: Supervisor
2118 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2119 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2120 >
2121 @end example
2122 @end deffn
2123
2124 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2125 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2126 @cindex config file, interface
2127 @cindex interface config file
2128
2129 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2130 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2131 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2132
2133 @quotation Note
2134 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2135 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2136 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2137 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2138 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2139 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2140 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2141 @end quotation
2142
2143 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2144 through commands in an interface configuration
2145 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2146 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2147
2148 @example
2149 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2150 @end example
2151
2152 These commands tell
2153 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2154 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2155
2156 @example
2157 # jlink interface
2158 interface jlink
2159 @end example
2160
2161 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2162
2163
2164 @section Interface Configuration
2165
2166 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2167 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2168 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2169
2170 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2171 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2172 target.
2173 @end deffn
2174
2175 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2176 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2177 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2178 @end deffn
2179 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2180 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2181 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2182 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2183 the hardware can support.
2184 @end deffn
2185
2186
2187
2188 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2189 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2190 @end deffn
2191
2192 @section Interface Drivers
2193
2194 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2195 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2196 available at run time.
2197
2198 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2199 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2200 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2201 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2202
2203 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2204 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2205 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2206 @end deffn
2207
2208 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2209 Displays status of RTCK option.
2210 Optionally sets that option first.
2211 @end deffn
2212 @end deffn
2213
2214 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2215 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2216 This has one driver-specific command:
2217
2218 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2219 Logs some status
2220 @end deffn
2221 @end deffn
2222
2223 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2224 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2225 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2226 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2227 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2228 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2229 @end deffn
2230
2231 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2232 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2233 @end deffn
2234
2235 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2236 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2237 @end deffn
2238
2239 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2240 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2241 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2242 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2243
2244 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2245 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2246 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2247 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2248 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2249 @end deffn
2250
2251 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2252 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2253 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2254 is connected to the host.
2255 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2256 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2257 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2258 @end deffn
2259
2260 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2261 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2262 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2263 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2264 @itemize @minus
2265 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2266 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2267 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2268 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2269 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2270 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2271 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2272 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2273 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2274 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2275 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2276 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2277 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2278 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2279 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2280 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2281 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2282 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2283 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2284 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2285 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2286 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2287 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2288 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2289 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2290 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2291 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2292 @end itemize
2293 @end deffn
2294
2295 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2296 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2297 default values are used.
2298 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2299 @example
2300 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2301 @end example
2302 @end deffn
2303
2304 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2305 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2306 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2307 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2308 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2309 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2310 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2311 @end deffn
2312
2313 For example, the interface config file for a
2314 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2315
2316 @example
2317 interface ft2232
2318 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2319 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2320 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2321 @end example
2322 @end deffn
2323
2324 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2325 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2326 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2327 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2328
2329 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2330 processors which are being simulated.
2331
2332 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2333 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2334 sockets instead of TCP.
2335 @end deffn
2336
2337 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2338 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2339 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2340 @end deffn
2341
2342 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2343 something like:
2344
2345 @example
2346 interface remote_bitbang
2347 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2348 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2349 @end example
2350
2351 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2352 named mysocket:
2353
2354 @example
2355 interface remote_bitbang
2356 remote_bitbang_port 0
2357 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2358 @end example
2359 @end deffn
2360
2361 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2362 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2363 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2364 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2365
2366 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2367 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2368 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2369 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2370 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2371 @end deffn
2372
2373 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2374 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2375 default values are used.
2376 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2377 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2378 @example
2379 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2380 @end example
2381 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2382 @example
2383 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2384 @end example
2385 @end deffn
2386
2387 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2388 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2389 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2390 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2391
2392 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2393 @example
2394 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2395 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2396 @end example
2397 @end deffn
2398
2399 @end deffn
2400
2401 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2402 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2403 This has one driver-specific command:
2404
2405 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2406 Display either the address of the I/O port
2407 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2408 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2409 This is a write-once setting.
2410 @end deffn
2411 @end deffn
2412
2413 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2414 Segger jlink USB adapter
2415 @c command: jlink caps
2416 @c dumps jlink capabilities
2417 @c command: jlink config
2418 @c access J-Link configurationif no argument this will dump the config
2419 @c command: jlink config kickstart [val]
2420 @c set Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19.
2421 @c command: jlink config mac_address [ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff]
2422 @c set the MAC Address
2423 @c command: jlink config ip [A.B.C.D[/E] [F.G.H.I]]
2424 @c set the ip address of the J-Link Pro, "
2425 @c where A.B.C.D is the ip,
2426 @c E the bit of the subnet mask
2427 @c F.G.H.I the subnet mask
2428 @c command: jlink config reset
2429 @c reset the current config
2430 @c command: jlink config save
2431 @c save the current config
2432 @c command: jlink config usb_address [0x00 to 0x03 or 0xff]
2433 @c set the USB-Address,
2434 @c This will change the product id
2435 @c command: jlink info
2436 @c dumps status
2437 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2438 @c sets version 2 or 3
2439 @c command: jlink pid
2440 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2441 @end deffn
2442
2443 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2444 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2445 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2446 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2447 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2448
2449 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2450 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2451 This is a write-once setting.
2452 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2453
2454 @itemize @minus
2455 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2456 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2457 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2458 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2459 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2460 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2461 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2462 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2463 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2464 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2465 some versions of
2466 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2467 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2468 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2469 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2470 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2471 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2472 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2473 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2474 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2475 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2476 @end itemize
2477 @end deffn
2478
2479 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2480 Display either the address of the I/O port
2481 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2482 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2483 This is a write-once setting.
2484
2485 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2486 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2487 you may encounter a problem.
2488 @end deffn
2489
2490 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2491 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2492 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2493 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2494 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2495 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2496
2497 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2498 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2499 @quotation Tip
2500 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2501 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2502 @example
2503 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2504 > adapter_khz 500
2505 @end example
2506 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2507 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2508 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2509 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2510 large set of samples.
2511 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2512 @example
2513 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2514 @end example
2515 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2516 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2517
2518 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2519 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2520 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2521 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2522 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2523 @end quotation
2524 @end deffn
2525
2526 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2527 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2528 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2529 @end deffn
2530
2531 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2532 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2533
2534 @example
2535 interface parport
2536 parport_port 0x278
2537 parport_cable wiggler
2538 @end example
2539 @end deffn
2540
2541 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2542 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2543 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2544 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2545 @end deffn
2546 @end deffn
2547
2548 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2549 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2550 @end deffn
2551
2552 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2553 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2554 @end deffn
2555
2556 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2557 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2558
2559 @quotation Note
2560 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2561 which are not currently documented here.
2562 @end quotation
2563 @end deffn
2564
2565 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2566 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2567 @end deffn
2568
2569 @quotation Note
2570 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2571 which are not currently documented here.
2572 @end quotation
2573
2574 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2575 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2576 No arguments: print status.
2577 @end deffn
2578
2579 @section Transport Configuration
2580 @cindex Transport
2581 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2582 and the debug adapter you are using,
2583 several transports may be available to
2584 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2585 @deffn Command {transport list}
2586 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2587 version of OpenOCD.
2588 @end deffn
2589
2590 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2591 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2592 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2593 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2594 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2595 @end deffn
2596
2597 @subsection JTAG Transport
2598 @cindex JTAG
2599 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2600 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2601 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2602 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2603 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2604 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2605 @subsection SWD Transport
2606 @cindex SWD
2607 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2608 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2609 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2610 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2611 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2612 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2613 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2614 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2615 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2616 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2617 expected to change.
2618 @end deffn
2619 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2620 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2621 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2622 No parameters: displays current settings.
2623 @end deffn
2624
2625 @subsection SPI Transport
2626 @cindex SPI
2627 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2628 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2629 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2630 solution for flash programming.
2631
2632 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2633 @section JTAG Speed
2634 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2635 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2636 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2637 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2638 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2639 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2640 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2641 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2642 power management software that may be active.
2643
2644 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2645 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2646 target event handler.
2647 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2648 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2649 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2650 sets up those clocks).
2651 @xref{Target Events}.
2652 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2653 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2654 in the target config file.
2655 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2656 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2657 config file instead.
2658 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2659 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2660 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2661
2662 @example
2663 jtag_rclk 3000
2664 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2665 @end example
2666
2667 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2668 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2669 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2670 may not be the fastest solution.
2671
2672 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2673 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2674 which support adaptive clocking.
2675
2676 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2677 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2678 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2679 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2680 than the speed specified.
2681
2682 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2683 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2684 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2685 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2686
2687 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2688 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2689 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2690 JTAG clocking after setup.
2691 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2692 If the interface device can not
2693 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2694 @end deffn
2695
2696 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2697 @cindex adaptive clocking
2698 @cindex RTCK
2699 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2700 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2701 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2702 @example
2703 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2704 jtag_rclk 3000
2705 @end example
2706 @end defun
2707
2708 @node Reset Configuration
2709 @chapter Reset Configuration
2710 @cindex Reset Configuration
2711
2712 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2713 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2714 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2715 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2716 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2717 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2718 Please see the various board files for examples.
2719
2720 @quotation Note
2721 To maintainers and integrators:
2722 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2723 Normally the board configuration file
2724 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2725 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2726
2727 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2728 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2729 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2730 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2731 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2732 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2733 @end quotation
2734
2735 @section Types of Reset
2736
2737 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2738 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2739 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2740
2741 @itemize @bullet
2742 @item
2743 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2744 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2745 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2746 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2747 @item
2748 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2749 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2750 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2751 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2752 @item
2753 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2754 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2755 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2756 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2757 @item
2758 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2759 several other types of reset.
2760 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2761 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2762 There may be individual module resets.
2763 @end itemize
2764
2765 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2766 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2767 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2768 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2769 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2770 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2771 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2772 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2773 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2774
2775 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2776 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2777
2778 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2779 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2780 common issues are:
2781
2782 @itemize @bullet
2783
2784 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2785 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2786 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2787 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2788 when either of those signals is not connected.
2789 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2790 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2791 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2792 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2793
2794 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2795 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2796 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2797 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2798
2799 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2800 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2801 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2802 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2803 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2804 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2805 hardware debouncing.
2806 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2807 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2808
2809 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2810 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2811 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2812 to use push/pull output drivers.
2813 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2814 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2815 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2816 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2817
2818 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2819 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2820 issues (not limited to errata).
2821 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2822 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2823 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2824 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2825 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2826 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2827 @end itemize
2828
2829 There can also be other issues.
2830 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2831 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2832 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2833 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2834 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2835 Agreement (NDA).
2836
2837 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2838 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2839 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2840
2841 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2842 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2843
2844 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2845
2846 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2847 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2848 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2849 allowing it to be deasserted.
2850 @end deffn
2851
2852 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2853 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2854 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2855 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2856 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2857 @end deffn
2858
2859 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2860 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2861 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2862 allowing it to be deasserted.
2863 @end deffn
2864
2865 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2866 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2867 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2868 @end deffn
2869
2870 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2871 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2872 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2873 configuration scripts.
2874
2875 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2876 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2877 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2878 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2879 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2880 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2881 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2882 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2883
2884 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2885 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2886 @var{gates},
2887 @var{trst_type},
2888 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2889 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2890 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2891 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2892 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2893 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2894
2895 @itemize
2896 @item
2897 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2898 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2899 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2900 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2901 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2902
2903 @quotation Tip
2904 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2905 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2906 @end quotation
2907
2908 @item
2909 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2910 signal implementations.
2911 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2912 indicating everything behaves normally.
2913 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2914 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2915 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2916 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2917 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2918 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2919 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2920
2921 @item
2922 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2923 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2924 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2925 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2926 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2927 while SRST is asserted.
2928 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2929 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2930 @end itemize
2931
2932 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2933 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2934 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2935 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2936 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2937
2938 @itemize
2939 @item
2940 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2941 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2942 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2943 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2944
2945 @item
2946 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2947 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2948 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2949 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2950 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2951 @end itemize
2952 @end deffn
2953
2954 @section Custom Reset Handling
2955 @cindex events
2956
2957 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2958 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2959 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2960 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2961 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2962 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2963
2964 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2965 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2966 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2967 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2968 want to reset everything at once.
2969
2970 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2971 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2972 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2973 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2974 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2975 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2976 needs special attention.
2977
2978 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2979 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2980 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2981 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2982 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2983 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2984 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2985 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2986
2987 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2988 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2989 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2990 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2991 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2992
2993 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2994 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2995 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2996 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2997 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2998 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2999 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3000 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3001 or potentially some other value.
3002
3003 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3004 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3005 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3006 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3007 (or their associated targets)
3008 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3009
3010 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3011 they return.
3012 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3013 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3014 @end deffn
3015
3016 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3017 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3018 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3019 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3020 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3021 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3022 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3023 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3024 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3025 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3026 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3027 @end deffn
3028
3029 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3030 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3031 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3032 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3033 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3034 @end deffn
3035
3036
3037 @node TAP Declaration
3038 @chapter TAP Declaration
3039 @cindex TAP declaration
3040 @cindex TAP configuration
3041
3042 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3043 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3044
3045 @itemize @bullet
3046 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3047 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3048 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3049 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3050 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3051 start running that code.
3052 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3053 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3054 and missing connections
3055 @end itemize
3056
3057 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3058 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3059 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3060 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3061 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3062
3063 @section Scan Chains
3064 @cindex scan chain
3065
3066 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3067 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3068 They also need to be added to
3069 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3070 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3071 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3072 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3073 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3074 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3075 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3076 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3077
3078 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3079 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3080 command, presented in the next chapter.
3081 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3082 debugging targets.)
3083 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3084
3085 @verbatim
3086 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3087 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3088 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3089 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3090 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3091 @end verbatim
3092
3093 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3094 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3095 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3096 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3097 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3098 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3099 until they are told to do so.
3100
3101 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3102 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3103 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3104 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3105
3106 @example
3107 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3108 @end example
3109
3110 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3111 by a given chip.
3112 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3113 and so forth.
3114 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3115 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3116 a single chip and between them.
3117 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3118
3119 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3120 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3121 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3122 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3123 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3124 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3125 includes commands something like this:
3126
3127 @example
3128 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3129 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3130 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3131 @end example
3132
3133 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3134 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3135 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3136
3137 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3138 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3139 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3140 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3141 @example
3142 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3143 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3144 @}
3145 @end example
3146 @end deffn
3147
3148 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3149 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3150 and their status.
3151 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3152 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3153 but systems with a JTAG router can
3154 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3155 @end deffn
3156
3157 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3158 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3159
3160 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3161 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3162
3163 @section TAP Names
3164 @cindex dotted name
3165
3166 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3167 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3168 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3169 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3170 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3171 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3172 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3173 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3174
3175 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3176 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3177 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3178
3179 @quotation Tip
3180 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3181 This feature is still present.
3182 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3183 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3184 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3185 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3186 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3187 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3188 @end quotation
3189
3190 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3191
3192 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3193 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3194 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3195 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3196 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3197
3198 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3199 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3200 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3201 overridable.
3202
3203 @cindex TAP naming convention
3204 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3205 and should follow this convention:
3206
3207 @itemize @bullet
3208 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3209 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3210 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3211 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3212 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3213 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3214 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3215 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3216 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3217 with a single TAP;
3218 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3219 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3220 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3221 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3222 @end itemize
3223
3224 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3225
3226 @itemize @bullet
3227 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3228 @*The length in bits of the
3229 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3230 @end itemize
3231
3232 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3233
3234 @itemize @bullet
3235 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3236 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3237 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3238 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3239 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3240 (the TAP is linked in).
3241 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3242 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3243 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3244 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3245 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3246 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3247 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3248 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3249 values that were found but not included in the list.
3250
3251 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3252 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3253 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3254 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3255 hardware to find these values.
3256 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3257 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3258 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3259 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3260 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3261 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3262 the various chip IDs.
3263 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3264 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3265 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3266 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3267 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3268 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3269 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3270 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3271 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3272 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3273 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3274 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3275 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3276 @end itemize
3277 @end deffn
3278
3279 @section Other TAP commands
3280
3281 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3282 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3283 At this writing this TAP attribute
3284 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3285 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3286 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3287 See the next section for information about the available events.
3288
3289 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3290 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3291 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3292 @end deffn
3293
3294 @anchor{TAP Events}
3295 @section TAP Events
3296 @cindex events
3297 @cindex TAP events
3298
3299 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3300 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3301 The other applies to debugger targets,
3302 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3303
3304 The TAP events currently defined are:
3305
3306 @itemize @bullet
3307 @item @b{post-reset}
3308 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3309 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3310 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3311 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3312 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3313
3314 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3315 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3316 of any particular target.
3317 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3318 @item @b{setup}
3319 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3320 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3321 @item @b{tap-disable}
3322 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3323 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3324 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3325 @item @b{tap-enable}
3326 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3327 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3328 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3329 @end itemize
3330
3331 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3332 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3333 contents to be accurate), you might:
3334
3335 @example
3336 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3337 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3338 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3339 @}
3340 @end example
3341
3342
3343 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3344 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3345 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3346 @cindex jrc
3347
3348 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3349 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3350 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3351 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3352 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3353
3354 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3355 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3356 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3357 be visible.
3358 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3359 ignores, such as:
3360
3361 @itemize
3362 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3363 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3364 TAPs receive new instructions.
3365 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3366 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3367 @end itemize
3368
3369 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3370 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3371 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3372 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3373
3374 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3375 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3376
3377 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3378 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3379 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3380 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3381 should define TAP event handlers using
3382 code that looks something like this:
3383
3384 @example
3385 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3386 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3387 @}
3388 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3389 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3390 @}
3391 @end example
3392
3393 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3394
3395 @example
3396 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3397 @end example
3398
3399 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3400 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3401 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3402 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3403
3404 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3405 If necessary, disables the tap
3406 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3407 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3408 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3409 and "0" if it is disabled.
3410 @end deffn
3411
3412 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3413 If necessary, enables the tap
3414 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3415 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3416 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3417 and "0" if it is disabled.
3418 @end deffn
3419
3420 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3421 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3422 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3423 and "0" if it is disabled.
3424
3425 @quotation Note
3426 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3427 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3428 @end quotation
3429 @end deffn
3430
3431 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3432 @section Autoprobing
3433 @cindex autoprobe
3434 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3435
3436 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3437 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3438 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3439 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3440
3441 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3442 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3443 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3444 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3445 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3446 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3447 right when they come out of reset).
3448
3449 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3450
3451 @example
3452 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3453 reset_config trst_and_srst
3454 jtag_rclk 8
3455 @end example
3456
3457 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3458 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3459
3460 @enumerate
3461 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3462 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3463 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3464 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3465 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3466 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3467 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3468 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3469 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3470 that is discovered.
3471 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3472 register, it will report it.
3473 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3474 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3475 @end enumerate
3476
3477 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3478 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3479 that's a bit more complex:
3480
3481 @example
3482 clock speed 8 kHz
3483 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3484 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3485 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3486 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3487 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3488 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3489 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3490 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3491 @end example
3492
3493 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3494 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3495 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3496 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3497 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3498 and so forth.
3499
3500 @node CPU Configuration
3501 @chapter CPU Configuration
3502 @cindex GDB target
3503
3504 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3505 You can also access these targets without GDB
3506 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3507 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3508 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3509 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3510
3511 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3512 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3513
3514 @section Target List
3515 @cindex target, current
3516 @cindex target, list
3517
3518 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3519 where each member has a name.
3520 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3521 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3522 (plural!) command.
3523 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3524 look like with more than one:
3525 @verbatim
3526 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3527 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3528 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3529 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3530 @end verbatim
3531
3532 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3533 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3534 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3535 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3536 space seen by that current target.
3537 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3538 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3539 are examples; and there are many more.
3540
3541 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3542
3543 @deffn Command {target count}
3544 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3545 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3546 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3547
3548 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3549 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3550 @example
3551 set c [target count]
3552 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3553 # Assuming you have created this function
3554 print_target_details $x
3555 @}
3556 @end example
3557 @end deffn
3558
3559 @deffn Command {target current}
3560 Returns the name of the current target.
3561 @end deffn
3562
3563 @deffn Command {target names}
3564 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3565 @example
3566 foreach t [target names] @{
3567 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3568 @}
3569 @end example
3570 @end deffn
3571
3572 @deffn Command {target number} number
3573 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3574 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3575
3576 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3577 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3578 @example
3579 set thename [target number $x]
3580 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3581 @end example
3582 @end deffn
3583
3584 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3585 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3586
3587 @deffn Command targets [name]
3588 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3589 command names are singular.}
3590
3591 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3592 targets in a user friendly form.
3593
3594 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3595 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3596 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3597 @end deffn
3598
3599 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3600 @cindex target type
3601 @cindex CPU type
3602 @cindex CPU variant
3603
3604 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3605 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3606 when calling @command{target create}.
3607 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3608 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3609 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3610 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3611 what core-specific commands may be available
3612 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3613 and more.
3614
3615 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3616 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3617 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3618 worked around in some chip versions.
3619
3620 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3621 since there's a command to list them.
3622 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3623 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3624
3625 @anchor{target types}
3626 @deffn Command {target types}
3627 Lists all supported target types.
3628 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3629
3630 @itemize @bullet
3631 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3632 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3633 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3634 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3635 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3636 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3637 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3638 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3639 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3640 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3641 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3642 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
3643 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3644 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3645 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3646 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3647 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3648 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3649 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3650 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3651 There are several variants defined:
3652 @itemize @minus
3653 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3654 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3655 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3656 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3657 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3658 @end itemize
3659 @end itemize
3660 @end deffn
3661
3662 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3663 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3664 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3665 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3666 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3667 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3668 reflect design generations;
3669 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3670 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3671
3672 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3673 @section Target Configuration
3674
3675 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3676 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3677 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3678 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3679 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3680
3681 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3682 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3683 optional parts.
3684 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3685 command, created as part of target creation.
3686
3687 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3688 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3689 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3690 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3691 to be much more board-specific.
3692 The key steps you use might look something like this
3693
3694 @example
3695 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3696 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3697 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3698 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3699 @end example
3700
3701 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3702 on-chip SRAM.
3703 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3704 writes to target memory;
3705 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3706 GDB memory checksumming;
3707 and more.
3708
3709 @quotation Warning
3710 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3711 inaccessible when application code
3712 (such as an operating system)
3713 enables or disables the MMU.
3714 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3715 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3716 easy access to other addresses needed.
3717 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3718 @end quotation
3719
3720 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3721 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3722 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3723 controllers.
3724 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3725 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3726 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3727
3728 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3729 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3730 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3731 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3732 purposes including additional configuration.
3733
3734 @itemize @bullet
3735 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3736 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3737 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3738 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3739
3740 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3741 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3742 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3743 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3744 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3745 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3746 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3747 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3748
3749 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3750 @end itemize
3751 @end deffn
3752
3753 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3754 The options accepted by this command may also be
3755 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3756 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3757 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3758
3759 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3760 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3761 and changing its endianness or variant.
3762
3763 @itemize @bullet
3764
3765 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3766 used to access this target.
3767
3768 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3769 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3770
3771 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3772 @xref{Target Events}.
3773 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3774 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3775 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3776 same event name assigns only one handler.
3777
3778 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3779 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3780
3781 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3782 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3783 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3784 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3785 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3786 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3787 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3788
3789 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3790 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3791 or virtual address is being used.
3792
3793 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3794 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3795
3796 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3797 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3798 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3799 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3800 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3801
3802 @end itemize
3803 @end deffn
3804
3805 @section Other $target_name Commands
3806 @cindex object command
3807
3808 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3809 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3810
3811 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3812 Once a button is created a button
3813 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3814 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3815 configure it like this:
3816
3817 @example
3818 # Create
3819 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3820 # Modify
3821 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3822 # Query
3823 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3824 # Report
3825 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3826 @end example
3827
3828 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3829 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3830
3831 @example
3832 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3833 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3834 @end example
3835
3836 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3837
3838 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3839 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3840 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3841 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3842 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3843 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3844 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3845 They are not otherwise documented here.
3846 @end deffn
3847
3848 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3849 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3850 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3851 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3852 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3853 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3854 the target side uses raw memory.
3855
3856 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3857 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3858 The script orientation comes from working with data
3859 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3860 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3861 and neither store nor return those values.
3862
3863 @itemize
3864 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3865 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3866 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3867 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3868 @end itemize
3869 @end deffn
3870
3871 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3872 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3873 @command{$target_name configure}
3874 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3875 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3876 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3877 There are a few special cases:
3878
3879 @itemize @bullet
3880 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3881 event named @var{event_name}.
3882 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3883 two parameters.
3884 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3885 This is a special case because this is set using
3886 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3887 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3888 @end itemize
3889
3890 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3891 all the targets you might use something like this:
3892
3893 @example
3894 foreach name [target names] @{
3895 set y [$name cget -endian]
3896 set z [$name cget -type]
3897 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3898 $x $name $y $z]
3899 @}
3900 @end example
3901 @end deffn
3902
3903 @anchor{target curstate}
3904 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3905 Displays the current target state:
3906 @code{debug-running},
3907 @code{halted},
3908 @code{reset},
3909 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3910 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3911 @end deffn
3912
3913 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3914 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3915 currently associated with this target.
3916 @xref{Target Events}.
3917 @end deffn
3918
3919 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3920 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3921 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3922 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3923 @end deffn
3924
3925 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3926 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3927 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3928 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3929 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3930 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3931 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3932 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3933 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3934 @end deffn
3935
3936 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3937 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3938 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3939 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3940 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3941 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3942 @end deffn
3943
3944 @anchor{Target Events}
3945 @section Target Events
3946 @cindex target events
3947 @cindex events
3948 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3949 For example:
3950 @itemize @bullet
3951 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3952 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3953 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3954 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3955 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3956 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3957 to set up system clocks or
3958 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3959 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3960 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3961 @end itemize
3962
3963 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3964 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3965 @command{target create ... -event}.
3966
3967 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3968 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3969 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3970
3971 @example
3972 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3973 echo "Reset..."
3974 reset halt
3975 @}
3976 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3977 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3978 echo "Reset..."
3979 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3980 reset init
3981 @}
3982 @end example
3983
3984 The following target events are defined:
3985
3986 @itemize @bullet
3987 @item @b{debug-halted}
3988 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3989 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3990 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3991 @item @b{early-halted}
3992 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3993 @ignore
3994 @item @b{examine-end}
3995 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3996 @item @b{examine-start}
3997 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3998 @end ignore
3999 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4000 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4001 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4002 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4003 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4004 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4005 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4006 @* When GDB disconnects
4007 @item @b{gdb-end}
4008 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4009 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4010 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4011 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4012 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4013 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4014 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4015 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4016 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4017 @item @b{gdb-start}
4018 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4019 @item @b{halted}
4020 @* The target has halted
4021 @ignore
4022 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
4023 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4024 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
4025 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4026 @end ignore
4027 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4028 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4029 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4030 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4031 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4032 @item @b{reset-assert}
4033 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4034 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4035 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4036 it instead of asserting SRST.
4037 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4038 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4039 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4040 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4041 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4042 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4043 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4044 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4045 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4046 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4047 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4048 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4049 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4050 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4051 released on the scan chain.
4052 @item @b{reset-end}
4053 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4054 @ignore
4055 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4056 @* Currently not used
4057 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4058 @* Currently not used
4059 @end ignore
4060 @item @b{reset-init}
4061 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4062 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4063
4064 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4065 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4066 multiplexing, and so on.
4067 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4068 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4069 @item @b{reset-start}
4070 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4071 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4072
4073 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4074 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4075 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4076 @ignore
4077 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4078 @* Currently not used
4079 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4080 @* Currently not used
4081 @end ignore
4082 @item @b{resume-start}
4083 @* Before any target is resumed
4084 @item @b{resume-end}
4085 @* After all targets have resumed
4086 @item @b{resume-ok}
4087 @* Success
4088 @item @b{resumed}
4089 @* Target has resumed
4090 @end itemize
4091
4092
4093 @node Flash Commands
4094 @chapter Flash Commands
4095
4096 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4097 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4098 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4099 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4100 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4101 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4102 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4103 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4104 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4105
4106 Flash Steps:
4107 @enumerate
4108 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4109 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4110 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4111 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4112 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4113 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4114 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4115 @item GDB Flashing
4116 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4117 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4118 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4119 @end enumerate
4120
4121 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4122 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4123 so that it can't boot.
4124 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4125 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4126
4127 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4128 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4129 @cindex flash configuration
4130
4131 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4132 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4133 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4134 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4135 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4136 see the driver-specific documentation.
4137
4138 @itemize @bullet
4139 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4140 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4141 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4142 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4143 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4144 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4145 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4146 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4147 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4148 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4149 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4150 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4151 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4152 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4153 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4154 commands to the flash controller.
4155 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4156 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4157 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4158 for more information.
4159 @end itemize
4160 @quotation Note
4161 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4162 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4163 @end quotation
4164 @end deffn
4165
4166 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4167 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4168 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4169 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4170 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4171 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4172 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4173 @end deffn
4174
4175 @deffn Command {flash list}
4176 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4177 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4178 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4179 @end deffn
4180
4181 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4182 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4183 depends on the flash type.
4184 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4185 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4186 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4187 but most don't bother.
4188 @end deffn
4189
4190 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4191 @cindex flash erasing
4192 @cindex flash reading
4193 @cindex flash writing
4194 @cindex flash programming
4195
4196 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4197 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4198 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4199 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4200 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4201
4202 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4203 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4204 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4205 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4206 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4207
4208 @quotation Note
4209 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4210 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4211 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4212 back to a flash bank.
4213 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4214 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4215 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4216 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4217 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4218 @end quotation
4219
4220 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4221 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4222 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4223 disabled first.
4224 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4225 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4226 @xref{flash protect}.
4227
4228 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4229 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4230 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4231 up to and including @var{last}.
4232 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4233 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4234 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4235 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4236 @end deffn
4237
4238 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4239 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4240 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4241 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4242 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4243 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4244 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4245 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4246 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4247 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4248 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4249 before erase starts.
4250 @end deffn
4251
4252 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4253 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4254 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4255 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4256 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4257 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4258 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4259 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4260 before issuing this command.
4261 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4262 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4263 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4264 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4265 @end deffn
4266 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4267
4268 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4269 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4270 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4271 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4272 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4273 @end deffn
4274
4275 @anchor{flash write_image}
4276 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4277 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4278 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4279 to the base address for each section in the image.
4280 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4281 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4282 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4283 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4284 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4285 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4286 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4287 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4288 each image section.
4289
4290 @quotation Warning
4291 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4292 data you want to preserve.
4293 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4294 sections might be erased with no notice.
4295 @itemize
4296 @item
4297 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4298 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4299 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4300 @item
4301 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4302 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4303 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4304 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4305 @end itemize
4306 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4307 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4308 @end quotation
4309
4310 @end deffn
4311
4312 @section Other Flash commands
4313 @cindex flash protection
4314
4315 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4316 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4317 and display that status.
4318 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4319 @end deffn
4320
4321 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4322 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4323 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4324 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4325 and possibly stale information.
4326 @end deffn
4327
4328 @anchor{flash protect}
4329 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4330 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4331 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4332 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4333 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4334 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4335 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4336 @end deffn
4337
4338 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4339 @section Flash Driver List
4340 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4341 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4342 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4343
4344 @subsection External Flash
4345
4346 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4347 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4348 @cindex CFI
4349 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4350 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4351 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4352 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4353 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4354 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4355 configure a bus and its timings), or
4356 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4357 on the flash chip.
4358 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4359 speed up operation.
4360
4361 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4362
4363 @itemize
4364 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4365 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4366 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4367 @end itemize
4368
4369 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4370 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4371
4372 @example
4373 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4374 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4375 @end example
4376
4377 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4378 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4379 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4380
4381 @example
4382 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4383 @end example
4384
4385 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4386 @end deffn
4387
4388 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4389 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4390 @cindex SMI
4391 @cindex stmsmi
4392 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4393 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4394 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4395 SPI flash devices.
4396 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4397 flash devices can be connected.
4398
4399 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4400 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4401 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4402 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4403 the flash content.
4404
4405 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4406 to identify the memory bank.
4407 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4408 flash size, are detected automatically.
4409
4410 @example
4411 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4412 @end example
4413
4414 @end deffn
4415
4416 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4417
4418 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4419 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4420 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4421 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4422 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4423 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4424
4425 @example
4426 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4427 @end example
4428 @end deffn
4429
4430 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4431 @cindex at91sam3
4432 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4433 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4434 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4435 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4436 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4437 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4438 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4439 chips are confirmed.}
4440
4441 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4442 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4443 the following fixed locations:
4444
4445 @example
4446 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4447 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4448 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4449 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4450 @end example
4451
4452 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4453 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4454 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4455
4456 @itemize
4457 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4458 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4459 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4460 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4461 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4462 @end itemize
4463
4464 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4465
4466 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4467 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4468 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4469 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4470 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4471 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4472 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4473
4474 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4475 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4476 @end deffn
4477
4478 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4479 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4480 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4481 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4482 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4483 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4484 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4485 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4486 @end deffn
4487
4488 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4489 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4490 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4491 @end deffn
4492 @end deffn
4493
4494 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4495 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4496 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4497 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4498 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4499
4500 @example
4501 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4502 @end example
4503
4504 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4505 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4506
4507 @itemize
4508 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4509 @item @var{banks}
4510 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4511 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4512 @item @var{pages_size}
4513 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4514 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4515 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4516 @end itemize
4517
4518 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4519 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4520 will be autoconfigured.
4521 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4522
4523 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4524 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4525 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4526 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4527 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4528
4529 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4530 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4531 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4532 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4533 are not truly general purpose).
4534 @quotation Note
4535 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4536 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4537 @end quotation
4538 @end deffn
4539 @end deffn
4540
4541 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4542 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4543 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4544 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4545 @end deffn
4546
4547 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4548 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4549 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4550 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4551 and executed.
4552 @end deffn
4553
4554 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4555 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4556 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4557
4558 @quotation Note
4559 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4560 driver:
4561 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4562 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4563 @end quotation
4564
4565 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4566 which must appear in the following order:
4567
4568 @itemize
4569 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4570 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4571 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4572 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4573 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4574 at which the core is running
4575 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4576 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4577 @quotation Note
4578 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4579 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4580 However, if you do provide it,
4581 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4582 @end quotation
4583 @end itemize
4584
4585 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4586
4587 @example
4588 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4589 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4590 @end example
4591
4592 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4593 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4594 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4595 @end deffn
4596 @end deffn
4597
4598 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4599 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4600 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4601 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4602 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4603 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4604
4605 @example
4606 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4607 @end example
4608 @end deffn
4609
4610 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4611 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4612 from NXP.
4613
4614 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4615 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4616 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4617 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4618 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4619 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4620 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4621 you start the PLL.
4622
4623 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4624
4625 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4626 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4627 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4628
4629 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4630 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4631 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4632 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4633 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4634 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4635 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4636
4637 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4638 @example
4639 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4640 @end example
4641
4642 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4643 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4644 @code{flash banks} command.
4645
4646 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4647 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4648 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4649 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4650 a known signature.
4651 Example:
4652 @example
4653 lpc2900 signature 0
4654 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4655 @end example
4656 @end deffn
4657
4658 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4659 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4660 saves it to a file in binary format.
4661 Example:
4662 @example
4663 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4664 @end example
4665 @end deffn
4666
4667 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4668 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4669 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4670 command:
4671
4672 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4673 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4674 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4675 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4676
4677 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4678 Example:
4679 @example
4680 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4681 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4682 @end example
4683 @end deffn
4684
4685 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4686 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4687 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4688 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4689 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4690 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4691 912 bytes.
4692 @quotation Attention
4693 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4694 @end quotation
4695 Example:
4696 @example
4697 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4698 @end example
4699 @end deffn
4700
4701 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4702 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4703 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4704 after the next power cycle.
4705 @quotation Attention
4706 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4707 @end quotation
4708 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4709 Example:
4710 @example
4711 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4712 flash info 0
4713 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4714 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4715 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4716 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4717 @end example
4718 @end deffn
4719
4720 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4721 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4722 effective after the next power cycle.
4723 @quotation Attention
4724 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4725 @end quotation
4726 Examples:
4727 @example
4728 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4729 @end example
4730 @end deffn
4731 @end deffn
4732
4733 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4734 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4735
4736 @example
4737 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4738 @end example
4739 @end deffn
4740
4741 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4742 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4743 and integrate flash memory.
4744
4745 @example
4746 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4747 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4748 @end example
4749
4750 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4751 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4752 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4753 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4754 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4755 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4756 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4757 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4758 @end deffn
4759 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4760 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4761 This will remove any Code Protection.
4762 @end deffn
4763 @end deffn
4764
4765 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4766 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4767 Texas Instruments
4768 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4769 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4770 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4771 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4772 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4773 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4774
4775 @example
4776 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4777 @end example
4778 @end deffn
4779
4780 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4781 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4782 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4783 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4784 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4785 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4786
4787 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4788 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4789 @quotation Warning
4790 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4791 applied to all of them.
4792 @end quotation
4793 @end deffn
4794
4795 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
4796 All members of the STM32f1x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4797 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4798 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4799 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4800
4801 @example
4802 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4803 @end example
4804
4805 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
4806 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
4807 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4808 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4809 are defined:
4810
4811 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
4812 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4813 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4814 @end deffn
4815
4816 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
4817 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4818 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4819 @end deffn
4820
4821 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
4822 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4823 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
4824 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4825 @end deffn
4826
4827 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4828 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4829 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4830 @end deffn
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
4834 All members of the STM32f2x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4835 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4836 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4837 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4838 @end deffn
4839
4840 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4841 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4842 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4843 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4844 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4845
4846 @example
4847 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4848 @end example
4849
4850 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4851 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4852 for the specified flash bank.
4853 @end deffn
4854 @end deffn
4855
4856 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4857 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4858 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4859 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4860 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4861
4862 @example
4863 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4864 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4865 @end example
4866
4867 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4868 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4869 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4870
4871 @itemize @bullet
4872 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4873 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4874 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4875 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4876 @end itemize
4877 @end deffn
4878
4879 @end deffn
4880
4881 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4882 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4883 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4884 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4885
4886 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4887
4888 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4889 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4890 @end deffn
4891
4892 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4893 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4894 @end deffn
4895
4896 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4897 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4898 the flash clock.
4899 @end deffn
4900 @end deffn
4901
4902 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4903 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4904 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4905
4906 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4907
4908 @itemize
4909 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4910 @end itemize
4911
4912 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4913 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4914 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4915 @example
4916 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4917 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4918 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4919 @end example
4920 @end deffn
4921
4922 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
4923 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
4924 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4925 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
4926 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
4927 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
4928 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
4929
4930 @example
4931 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4932 @end example
4933 @end deffn
4934
4935 @subsection str9xpec driver
4936 @cindex str9xpec
4937
4938 Here is some background info to help
4939 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4940 the str9:
4941 @enumerate
4942 @item
4943 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4944 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4945 @item
4946 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4947 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4948 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4949 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4950 @end enumerate
4951
4952 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4953 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4954 configured for flash bank 0.
4955 @example
4956 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4957 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4958 jtag_reset 0 1
4959 # turn off target polling
4960 poll off
4961 # disable str9 core
4962 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4963 # read option bytes
4964 str9xpec options_read 0
4965 # re-enable str9 core
4966 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4967 poll on
4968 reset halt
4969 @end example
4970 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4971 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4972 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4973 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4974
4975 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4976 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4977 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4978 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4979 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4980
4981 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4982
4983 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4984 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4985 @end deffn
4986
4987 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4988 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4989 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4990 @end deffn
4991
4992 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4993 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4994 erase the device.
4995 @end deffn
4996
4997 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4998 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4999 @end deffn
5000
5001 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5002 Configure str9 boot bank.
5003 @end deffn
5004
5005 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5006 Configure str9 lvd source.
5007 @end deffn
5008
5009 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5010 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5011 @end deffn
5012
5013 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5014 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5015 @end deffn
5016
5017 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5018 Read str9 option bytes.
5019 @end deffn
5020
5021 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5022 Write str9 option bytes.
5023 @end deffn
5024
5025 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5026 unlock str9 device.
5027 @end deffn
5028
5029 @end deffn
5030
5031
5032 @section mFlash
5033
5034 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5035 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5036
5037 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5038 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5039 address @var{base}.
5040 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5041 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5042
5043 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5044
5045 @example
5046 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5047 @end example
5048
5049 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5050
5051 @example
5052 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5053 @end example
5054 @end deffn
5055
5056 @subsection mFlash commands
5057 @cindex mFlash commands
5058
5059 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5060 Configure mflash PLL.
5061 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5062 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5063 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5064 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5065 @end deffn
5066
5067 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5068 Configure bootable option.
5069 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5070 (4kB) for boot.
5071 @end deffn
5072
5073 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5074 Configure storage information.
5075 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5076 written.
5077 @end deffn
5078
5079 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5080 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5081 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5082 @end deffn
5083
5084 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5085 Probe mflash.
5086 @end deffn
5087
5088 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5089 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5090 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5091 @end deffn
5092
5093 @node NAND Flash Commands
5094 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5095 @cindex NAND
5096
5097 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5098 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5099 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5100
5101 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5102 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5103 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5104 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5105 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5106 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5107
5108 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5109 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5110 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5111 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5112 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5113 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5114 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5115 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5116 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5117 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5118
5119 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5120 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5121 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5122 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5123 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5124 every 512 bytes of data.
5125
5126 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5127 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5128 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5129 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5130 ECC mode is used.
5131
5132 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5133 @enumerate
5134 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5135 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5136 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5137 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5138 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5139 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5140 to access that device.
5141 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5142 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5143 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5144 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5145 de-brick a board.
5146 @end enumerate
5147
5148 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5149 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5150 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5151 are only 32 bits wide.
5152 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5153 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5154 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5155 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5156
5157 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5158 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5159 @cindex NAND configuration
5160
5161 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5162 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5163 OpenOCD has initialized.
5164
5165 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5166 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5167 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5168 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5169 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5170 they were a single (larger) device.
5171 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5172 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5173
5174 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5175 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5176 configuration files, not interactively.
5177
5178 @itemize @bullet
5179 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5180 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5181 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5182 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5183 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5184 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5185 commands to the NAND controller.
5186 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5187 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5188 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5189 for more information.
5190 @end itemize
5191 @end deffn
5192
5193 @deffn Command {nand list}
5194 Prints a summary of each device declared
5195 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5196 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5197 @example
5198 > nand list
5199 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5200 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5201 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5202 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5203 >
5204 @end example
5205 @end deffn
5206
5207 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5208 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5209 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5210 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5211 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5212 it with most other NAND commands.
5213 @end deffn
5214
5215 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5216
5217 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5218 @cindex NAND reading
5219 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5220 starting at the specified offset.
5221 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5222
5223 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5224 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5225
5226 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5227 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5228 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5229
5230 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5231 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5232 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5233 method which handled that error correction.
5234
5235 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5236 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5237 @itemize @bullet
5238 @item no oob_* parameter
5239 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5240 @item @code{oob_raw}
5241 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5242 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5243 spare areas associated with each data page.
5244 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5245 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5246 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5247 @item @code{oob_only}
5248 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5249 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5250 spare areas associated with each data page.
5251 @end itemize
5252 @end deffn
5253
5254 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5255 @cindex NAND erasing
5256 @cindex NAND programming
5257 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5258 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5259 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5260 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5261 If those parameters are not specified,
5262 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5263 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5264
5265 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5266 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5267 block marker.
5268 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5269 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5270 @end deffn
5271
5272 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5273 @cindex NAND writing
5274 @cindex NAND programming
5275 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5276 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5277 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5278 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5279
5280 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5281 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5282
5283 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5284 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5285 past the end of the device.
5286 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5287 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5288 if that's being written.)
5289
5290 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5291 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5292 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5293
5294 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5295 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5296 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5297 @itemize @bullet
5298 @item no oob_* parameter
5299 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5300 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5301 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5302 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5303 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5304 @item @code{oob_only}
5305 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5306 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5307 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5308 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5309 @item @code{oob_raw}
5310 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5311 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5312 un-altered OOB.
5313 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5314 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5315 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5316 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5317 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5318 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5319 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5320 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5321 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5322 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5323 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5324 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5325 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5326 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5327 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5328 @end itemize
5329 @end deffn
5330
5331 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5332 @cindex NAND verification
5333 @cindex NAND programming
5334 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5335 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5336 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5337
5338 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5339 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5340
5341 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5342 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5343 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5344 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5345 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5346
5347 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5348 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5349 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5350
5351 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5352 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5353 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5354 be removed in a future release.
5355 @end deffn
5356
5357 @section Other NAND commands
5358 @cindex NAND other commands
5359
5360 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5361 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5362 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5363 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5364 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5365 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5366 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5367 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5368
5369 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5370 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5371 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5372 @end deffn
5373
5374 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5375 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5376 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5377 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5378 status for each block.
5379 @end deffn
5380
5381 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5382 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5383 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5384
5385 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5386 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5387 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5388 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5389 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5390
5391 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5392 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5393 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5394 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5395 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5396 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5397 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5398 @end deffn
5399
5400 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5401 @section NAND Driver List
5402 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5403 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5404 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5405
5406 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5407 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5408 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5409 address of the ECC controller.
5410 @example
5411 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5412 @end example
5413 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5414 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5415 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5416 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5417 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5418 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5419 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5420 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5421 @end deffn
5422 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5423 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5424 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5425 @end deffn
5426
5427 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5428 properly configured for input or output.
5429 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5430 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5431 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5432 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5433 @end deffn
5434 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5435 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5436 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5437 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5438 @end deffn
5439 @end deffn
5440
5441 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5442 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5443 chips from Texas Instruments.
5444 It takes three extra parameters:
5445 address of the NAND chip;
5446 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5447 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5448 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5449 @example
5450 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5451 @end example
5452 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5453 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5454 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5455 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5456 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5457 @end deffn
5458
5459 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5460 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5461 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5462 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5463 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5464 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5465 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5466 @end deffn
5467
5468 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5469 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5470 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5471 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5472 @end deffn
5473 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5474
5475 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5476 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5477 parameter: the address of the controller.
5478 @example
5479 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5480 @end example
5481 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5482 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5483 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5484 change any behavior.
5485 @end deffn
5486
5487 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5488 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5489 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5490 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5491 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5492 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5493 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5494 specialized commands.
5495 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5496 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5497 change any behavior.
5498 @end deffn
5499
5500 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5501 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5502 @cindex PLD
5503 @cindex FPGA
5504
5505 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5506 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5507 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5508 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5509 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5510 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5511 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5512
5513 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5514
5515 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5516 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5517 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5518
5519 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5520 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5521
5522 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5523 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5524 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5525 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5526 behavior.
5527 @end deffn
5528
5529 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5530 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5531 @end deffn
5532
5533 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5534 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5535 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5536 @end deffn
5537
5538 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5539
5540 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5541 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5542 that particular type of PLD.
5543
5544 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5545 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5546 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5547 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5548 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5549
5550 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5551 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5552 for FPGA @var{num}.
5553 @end deffn
5554 @end deffn
5555
5556 @node General Commands
5557 @chapter General Commands
5558 @cindex commands
5559
5560 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5561 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5562 commands are documented elsewhere.
5563
5564 Intent:
5565 @itemize @bullet
5566 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5567 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5568 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5569 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5570
5571 @item @b{From the human}
5572 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5573 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5574
5575 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5576 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5577 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5578
5579 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5580 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5581 port is 5555.
5582 @end itemize
5583
5584
5585 @section Daemon Commands
5586
5587 @deffn {Command} exit
5588 Exits the current telnet session.
5589 @end deffn
5590
5591 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5592 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5593 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5594 Not every command provides helptext.
5595
5596 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5597 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5598 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5599 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5600 @end deffn
5601
5602 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5603 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5604 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5605 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5606 Useful in connection with script files
5607 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5608 @end deffn
5609
5610 @deffn Command shutdown
5611 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5612 @end deffn
5613
5614 @anchor{debug_level}
5615 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5616 @cindex message level
5617 Display debug level.
5618 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5619 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5620 Level 0 is error messages only;
5621 level 1 adds warnings;
5622 level 2 adds informational messages;
5623 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5624 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5625 the command line along with the location of that log
5626 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5627 @xref{Running}.
5628 @end deffn
5629
5630 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5631 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5632 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5633 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5634 @example
5635 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5636 @end example
5637 @end deffn
5638
5639 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5640 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5641 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5642 @end deffn
5643
5644 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5645 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5646 @end deffn
5647
5648 @anchor{Target State handling}
5649 @section Target State handling
5650 @cindex reset
5651 @cindex halt
5652 @cindex target initialization
5653
5654 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5655 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5656 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5657 a current target which is used to perform the
5658 various operations. The current target may be changed
5659 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5660 target which should become current.
5661
5662 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5663 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5664 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5665 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5666 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5667
5668 @emph{With no arguments}:
5669 list all available registers for the current target,
5670 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5671 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5672 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5673 are flagged as such.
5674
5675 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5676
5677 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5678 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5679 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5680 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5681 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5682 relevant module will flush such values.
5683
5684 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5685 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5686
5687 @example
5688 > reg
5689 ===== ARM registers
5690 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5691 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5692 (2) r2 (/32)
5693 ...
5694 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5695 >
5696 @end example
5697 @end deffn
5698
5699 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5700 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5701 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5702 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5703 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5704 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5705 (and enter debug mode).
5706 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5707
5708 @quotation Warning
5709 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5710 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5711 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5712 power mode by gating the core clock;
5713 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5714
5715 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5716 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5717 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5718 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5719 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5720 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5721
5722 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5723 work with a JTAG debugger.
5724 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5725 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5726 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5727 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5728 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5729 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5730 @end quotation
5731
5732 @end deffn
5733
5734 @deffn Command resume [address]
5735 Resume the target at its current code position,
5736 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5737 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5738 @end deffn
5739
5740 @deffn Command step [address]
5741 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5742 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5743 @end deffn
5744
5745 @anchor{Reset Command}
5746 @deffn Command reset
5747 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5748 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5749 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5750 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5751 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5752 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5753
5754 The optional parameter specifies what should
5755 happen after the reset.
5756 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5757 The other options will not work on all systems.
5758 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5759
5760 @itemize @minus
5761 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5762 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5763 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5764 @end itemize
5765 @end deffn
5766
5767 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5768 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5769 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5770 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5771 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5772 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5773 state.
5774 @end deffn
5775
5776 @section I/O Utilities
5777
5778 These commands are available when
5779 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5780 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5781 notably the ZY1000.
5782 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5783
5784 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5785
5786 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5787 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5788 the text file @file{filename}.
5789 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5790 The last string is followed by a newline.
5791 @end deffn
5792
5793 @deffn Command cat filename
5794 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5795 @end deffn
5796
5797 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5798 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5799 into @file{dest_filename}.
5800 @end deffn
5801
5802 @deffn Command ip
5803 @emph{No description provided.}
5804 @end deffn
5805
5806 @deffn Command ls
5807 @emph{No description provided.}
5808 @end deffn
5809
5810 @deffn Command mac
5811 @emph{No description provided.}
5812 @end deffn
5813
5814 @deffn Command meminfo
5815 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5816 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5817 @end deffn
5818
5819 @deffn Command peek
5820 @emph{No description provided.}
5821 @end deffn
5822
5823 @deffn Command poke
5824 @emph{No description provided.}
5825 @end deffn
5826
5827 @deffn Command rm filename
5828 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5829 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5830 @end deffn
5831
5832 @deffn Command trunc filename
5833 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5834 @end deffn
5835
5836 @anchor{Memory access}
5837 @section Memory access commands
5838 @cindex memory access
5839
5840 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5841 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5842 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5843 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5844
5845 @enumerate
5846 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5847 to change the current target.
5848 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5849 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5850 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5851 @end enumerate
5852
5853 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5854 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5855 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5856 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5857 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5858 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5859 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5860 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5861 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5862 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5863 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5864 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5865 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5866 @end deffn
5867
5868 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5869 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5870 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5871 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5872 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5873 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5874 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5875 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5876 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5877 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5878 @end deffn
5879
5880
5881 @anchor{Image access}
5882 @section Image loading commands
5883 @cindex image loading
5884 @cindex image dumping
5885
5886 @anchor{dump_image}
5887 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5888 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5889 binary file named @var{filename}.
5890 @end deffn
5891
5892 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5893 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5894 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5895 @end deffn
5896
5897 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
5898 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5899 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5900 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5901 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5902 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5903 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5904 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5905 separately.
5906 @end deffn
5907
5908 @anchor{load_image}
5909 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5910 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5911 The file format may optionally be specified
5912 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
5913 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5914 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5915 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5916 @example
5917 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5918 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5919 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5920 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5921 @}
5922 @end example
5923 @end deffn
5924
5925 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5926 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5927 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5928 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5929 The file format may optionally be specified
5930 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5931 @end deffn
5932
5933 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5934 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5935 The file format may optionally be specified
5936 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5937 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5938 @end deffn
5939
5940
5941 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5942 @cindex breakpoint
5943 @cindex watchpoint
5944
5945 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5946 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5947 watchpoints.
5948 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5949
5950 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5951 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5952 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5953 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5954 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5955 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5956
5957 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5958 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5959 @end deffn
5960
5961 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5962 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5963 @end deffn
5964
5965 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5966 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5967 @end deffn
5968
5969 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5970 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5971 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5972 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5973 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5974 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5975 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5976 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5977 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5978 @end deffn
5979
5980 @section Misc Commands
5981
5982 @cindex profiling
5983 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5984 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5985 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5986 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5987 @end deffn
5988
5989 @deffn Command {version}
5990 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5991 @end deffn
5992
5993 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5994 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5995 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5996 @end deffn
5997
5998 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5999 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6000 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6001 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6002
6003 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6004 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6005 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6006 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6007
6008 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
6009 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6010 @cindex tracing
6011 @cindex ETM
6012 @cindex ETB
6013
6014 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6015 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6016 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6017
6018 @itemize
6019 @item
6020 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6021 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6022 supports such an interface.
6023 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6024 and trace port support.)
6025 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6026 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6027 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6028 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6029 in the board-specific configuration file.
6030 @item
6031 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6032 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6033 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6034 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6035 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6036 @end itemize
6037
6038 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6039
6040 @quotation Issues
6041 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6042 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6043
6044 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6045 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6046 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6047 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6048 dummy trace port driver}.
6049
6050 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6051 as well as tracing only during specific states
6052 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6053
6054 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6055 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6056 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6057 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6058 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6059
6060 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6061 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6062 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6063 this original style of JTAG access.
6064 @end quotation
6065
6066 @subsection ETM Configuration
6067 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6068
6069 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6070 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6071 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6072
6073 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6074 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6075 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6076 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6077 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6078 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6079 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6080 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6081 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6082
6083 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6084 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6085 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6086
6087 @quotation Warning
6088 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6089 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6090 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6091 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6092 @end quotation
6093
6094 @quotation Note
6095 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6096 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6097 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6098 what CPU activities are traced.
6099 @end quotation
6100 @end deffn
6101
6102 @deffn Command {etm info}
6103 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6104 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6105 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6106 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6107 @end deffn
6108
6109 @deffn Command {etm status}
6110 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6111 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6112 Did trace data overflow?
6113 Was it triggered?
6114 @end deffn
6115
6116 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6117 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6118 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6119 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6120 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6121
6122 @itemize
6123 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6124 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6125 The value is one of
6126 @option{none} (save nothing),
6127 @option{data} (save data),
6128 @option{address} (save addresses),
6129 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6130 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6131 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6132 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6133 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6134 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6135 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6136 trace stream without an image of the code.
6137 @end itemize
6138 @end deffn
6139
6140 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6141 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6142 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6143 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6144 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6145
6146 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6147 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6148 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6149 @end deffn
6150
6151 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6152
6153 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6154 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6155 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6156
6157 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6158 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6159 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6160 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6161 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6162 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6163 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6164
6165 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6166
6167 @itemize
6168 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6169 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6170 for instruction access within that function's body.
6171 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6172 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6173 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6174 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6175 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6176 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6177 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6178 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6179 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6180 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6181 @item @emph{... more}
6182 @end itemize
6183
6184 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6185 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6186
6187 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6188 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6189 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6190 @end deffn
6191
6192 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6193 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6194 @end deffn
6195
6196 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6197 Opens an image file.
6198 @end deffn
6199
6200 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6201 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6202 @end deffn
6203
6204 @deffn Command {etm start}
6205 Starts trace data collection.
6206 @end deffn
6207
6208 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6209 Stops trace data collection.
6210 @end deffn
6211
6212 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6213 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6214
6215 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6216
6217 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6218 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6219 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6220 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6221 any trace data collection.}
6222 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6223 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6224 @end deffn
6225 @end deffn
6226
6227 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6228 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6229 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6230 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6231 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6232 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6233 @end deffn
6234 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6235 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6236 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6237 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6238 trace trigger becomes active.
6239
6240 @itemize
6241 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6242 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6243 afterwards.
6244 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6245 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6246 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6247 what caused that event to happen.
6248 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6249 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6250 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6251 how the event caused trouble.
6252 @end itemize
6253 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6254 @end deffn
6255
6256 @end deffn
6257
6258 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6259 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6260 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6261 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6262 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6263
6264 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6265 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6266
6267 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6268 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6269 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6270 @end deffn
6271
6272 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6273 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6274 @end deffn
6275
6276 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6277 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6278 @end deffn
6279 @end deffn
6280
6281
6282 @section Generic ARM
6283 @cindex ARM
6284
6285 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6286 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6287 commands that may be available.
6288
6289 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6290 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6291 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6292 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6293 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6294 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6295 @end deffn
6296
6297 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6298 @cindex disassemble
6299 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6300 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6301 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6302 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6303 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6304 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6305 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6306
6307 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6308 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6309 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6310 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6311 with a handful of exceptions.
6312 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6313 @end deffn
6314
6315 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6316 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6317 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6318 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6319 and using the MCR instruction.
6320 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6321 an ARM register.)
6322 @end deffn
6323
6324 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6325 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6326 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6327 and the MRC instruction.
6328 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6329 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6330 an ARM register.)
6331 @end deffn
6332
6333 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6334 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6335 core mode if necessary.
6336 @end deffn
6337
6338 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6339 @cindex ARM semihosting
6340 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6341
6342 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6343 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6344 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6345 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6346 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6347 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6348 @end deffn
6349
6350 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6351 @cindex ARMv4
6352 @cindex ARMv5
6353
6354 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6355 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6356 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6357 variant.
6358
6359 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6360 @cindex ARM7
6361 @cindex ARM9
6362
6363 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6364 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6365 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6366 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6367
6368 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6369 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6370 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6371 instead of breakpoints.
6372 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6373
6374 This should be
6375 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6376 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6377 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6378 @end deffn
6379
6380 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6381 @cindex DCC
6382 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6383 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6384 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6385
6386 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6387 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6388 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6389 @end deffn
6390
6391 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6392 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6393 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6394 that don't check completion of the operation.
6395 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6396
6397 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6398 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6399 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6400 @end deffn
6401
6402 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6403 @cindex ARM720T
6404
6405 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6406 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6407 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6408 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6409
6410 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6411 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6412 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6413
6414 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6415 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6416 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6417 @end deffn
6418
6419 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6420 @cindex ARM9
6421
6422 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6423 integer processors.
6424 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6425
6426 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6427 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6428 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6429 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6430
6431 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6432 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6433 @cindex vector_catch
6434 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6435 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6436 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6437 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6438 to those hardware vectors.
6439
6440 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6441 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6442 vector catch hardware to intercept
6443 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6444 @option{none} of them,
6445 or a list with one or more of the following:
6446 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6447 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6448 @end deffn
6449
6450 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6451 @cindex ARM920T
6452
6453 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6454 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6455 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6456 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6457 and ARM9 commands.
6458
6459 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6460 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6461 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6462 @end deffn
6463
6464 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6465 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6466 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6467 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6468 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6469 (Not all registers can be written.)
6470 @end deffn
6471
6472 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6473 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6474 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6475
6476 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6477 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6478 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6479 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6480 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6481 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6482 @end deffn
6483
6484 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6485 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6486 @end deffn
6487
6488 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6489 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6490 @end deffn
6491
6492 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6493 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6494
6495 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6496 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6497 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6498 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6499 and ARM9 commands.
6500
6501 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6502 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6503
6504 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6505 Print information about the caches found.
6506 @end deffn
6507
6508 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6509 @cindex ARM966E
6510
6511 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6512 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6513 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6514 and ARM9 commands.
6515
6516 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6517 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6518 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6519 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6520 ARM966E-S TRM.
6521 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6522 as required for BIST support.
6523 @end deffn
6524
6525 @subsection XScale specific commands
6526 @cindex XScale
6527
6528 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6529
6530 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6531 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6532 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6533 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6534 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6535 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6536 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6537
6538 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6539 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6540 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6541 the mini-IC.
6542
6543 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6544 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6545 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6546 code layout in memory:
6547 @example
6548 _vectors:
6549 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6550 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6551 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6552 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6553 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6554 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6555 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6556 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6557 .org 0x100
6558 .long real_reset_vector
6559 .long real_ui_handler
6560 .long real_swi_handler
6561 .long real_pf_abort
6562 .long real_data_abort
6563 .long 0 /* unused */
6564 .long real_irq_handler
6565 .long real_fiq_handler
6566 @end example
6567
6568 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6569 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6570 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6571 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6572 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6573 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6574 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6575 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6576 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6577 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6578 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6579 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6580 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6581 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6582 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6583 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6584 software.
6585
6586 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6587 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6588 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6589 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6590
6591 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6592 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6593 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6594 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6595 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6596 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6597 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6598 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6599 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6600
6601 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6602 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6603
6604 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6605 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6606 @end deffn
6607
6608 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6609 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6610 @end deffn
6611
6612 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6613 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6614 @end deffn
6615
6616 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6617 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6618 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6619 @end deffn
6620
6621 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6622 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6623 @end deffn
6624
6625 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6626 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6627 @end deffn
6628
6629 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6630 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6631 @end deffn
6632
6633 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6634 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6635 @end deffn
6636
6637 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6638 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6639 @end deffn
6640
6641 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6642 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6643 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6644 and modifying how it is emptied.
6645 @end deffn
6646
6647 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6648 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6649 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6650 The image @var{type} may be one of
6651 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6652 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6653 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6654 @end deffn
6655
6656 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6657 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6658 @cindex vector_catch
6659 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6660 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6661
6662 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6663 @example
6664 0x01 Trap Reset
6665 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6666 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6667 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6668 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6669 0x20 reserved
6670 0x40 Trap IRQ
6671 0x80 Trap FIQ
6672 @end example
6673 @end deffn
6674
6675 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6676 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6677 @cindex vector_table
6678
6679 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6680 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6681 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6682 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6683 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6684
6685 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6686
6687 @end deffn
6688
6689 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6690 @cindex ARMv6
6691
6692 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6693 @cindex ARM11
6694
6695 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6696 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6697 which is enabled by default.
6698 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6699 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6700 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6701 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6702 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6703 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6704 @end deffn
6705
6706 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6707 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6708 which is enabled by default.
6709 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6710 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6711 @end deffn
6712
6713 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6714 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6715 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6716 they are disabled by default.
6717 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6718 @end deffn
6719
6720 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6721 @cindex vector_catch
6722 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6723 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6724 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6725
6726 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6727 for certain hardware events.
6728 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6729 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6730 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6731 @end deffn
6732
6733 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6734 @cindex ARMv7
6735
6736 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6737 @cindex Debug Access Port
6738 @cindex DAP
6739 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6740 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6741 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6742
6743 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6744 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6745 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6746 @end deffn
6747
6748 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6749 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6750 @end deffn
6751
6752 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6753 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6754 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6755 @end deffn
6756
6757 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6758 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6759 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6760 @end deffn
6761
6762 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6763 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6764 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6765 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6766 @end deffn
6767
6768 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6769 @cindex Cortex-M3
6770
6771 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
6772 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6773
6774 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
6775 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
6776 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
6777 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
6778 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
6779 the step command leaves with the core running.
6780
6781 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
6782 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
6783 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
6784
6785 Default is @option{auto}.
6786 @end deffn
6787
6788 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6789 @cindex vector_catch
6790 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6791 for certain hardware events.
6792
6793 Parameters request interception of
6794 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6795 @option{none} of them,
6796 or one or more of the following:
6797 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6798 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6799 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6800 @option{irq_err},
6801 @option{state_err},
6802 @option{chk_err}, or
6803 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6804 @option{reset}.
6805 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6806 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6807 are mapped to HardFault.
6808 UsageFault checks for
6809 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6810 must also be explicitly enabled.
6811
6812 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6813 @end deffn
6814
6815 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6816 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6817 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6818 @itemize @minus
6819 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6820 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6821 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6822 @end itemize
6823 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6824 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6825 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6826 the peripherals.
6827 @xref{Target Events}.
6828 @end deffn
6829
6830 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6831 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6832 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6833 @cindex tracing
6834 @cindex libdcc
6835 @cindex DCC
6836 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6837 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6838 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6839 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6840
6841 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6842 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6843 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6844 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6845 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6846 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6847
6848 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6849 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6850 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6851 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6852 The target being debugged may
6853 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6854 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6855 each supported by a command:
6856
6857 @itemize
6858 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6859 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6860 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6861 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6862
6863 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6864 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6865 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6866
6867 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6868 and then displayed at any time.
6869 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6870
6871 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6872 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6873 @end itemize
6874
6875 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6876 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6877 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6878 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6879 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6880 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6881 does the same thing.
6882
6883 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6884 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6885 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6886 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6887 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6888
6889 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6890 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6891 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6892 @end deffn
6893
6894 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6895 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6896 in the order they triggered.
6897 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6898 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6899 history records.
6900 @end deffn
6901
6902 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6903 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6904 they have been triggered.
6905 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6906 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6907 and associates it with that identifier.
6908
6909 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6910 are not related except by this command.
6911 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6912 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6913 @end deffn
6914
6915
6916 @node JTAG Commands
6917 @chapter JTAG Commands
6918 @cindex JTAG Commands
6919 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6920 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6921 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6922 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6923 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6924
6925 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6926 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6927
6928 @itemize @bullet
6929 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6930 devices such as a CPUs.
6931 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6932 standard state machine (in parallel)
6933 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6934 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6935 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6936 while the reading previous ones.
6937 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6938 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6939 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6940 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6941 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6942 registers.
6943 @end itemize
6944
6945 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6946
6947 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6948 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6949 the order of TAP state transitions.
6950 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6951 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6952 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6953 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6954 these commands are not available.
6955
6956 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6957 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6958 that specify the entire register.
6959 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6960 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6961 The return value holds the original value of each
6962 of those fields.
6963
6964 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6965 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6966 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6967 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6968 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6969
6970 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6971 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6972
6973 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6974 in that state.
6975 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6976 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6977 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6978
6979 @quotation Warning
6980 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6981 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6982 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6983 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6984 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6985 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6986 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6987 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6988 @end quotation
6989 @end deffn
6990
6991 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6992 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6993 This may be used for performance tuning.
6994
6995 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6996 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6997 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6998 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6999 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7000 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7001 @end deffn
7002
7003 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7004 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7005 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7006 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7007 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7008 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7009
7010 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7011 in that state.
7012 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7013 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7014 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7015
7016 @quotation Note
7017 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7018 register values, unlike data register values.
7019 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7020 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7021 @end quotation
7022 @end deffn
7023
7024 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7025 Set values of reset signals.
7026 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7027 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7028 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7029 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7030 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7031 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7032 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7033
7034 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7035 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7036 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7037 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7038 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7039 instead of the TRST signal.
7040 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7041 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7042 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7043 with handlers for that event.
7044 @end deffn
7045
7046 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7047 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7048 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7049 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7050 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7051 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7052 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7053 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7054 The final state must also be stable.
7055 @end deffn
7056
7057 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7058 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7059 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7060 Instructions often need some time
7061 to execute before they take effect.
7062 @end deffn
7063
7064 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7065 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7066
7067 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7068 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7069 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7070 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7071 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7072 @end deffn
7073
7074 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7075 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7076 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7077 must also be enabled.
7078 Default is enabled.
7079 @end deffn
7080
7081 @section TAP state names
7082 @cindex TAP state names
7083
7084 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7085 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7086 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7087 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7088
7089 @itemize @bullet
7090 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7091 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7092 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7093 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7094 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7095 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7096 through the data register
7097 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7098 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7099 for update or more shifting
7100 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7101 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7102 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7103 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7104 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7105 through the instruction register
7106 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7107 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7108 for update or more shifting
7109 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7110 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7111 @end itemize
7112
7113 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7114 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7115 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7116 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7117
7118 @itemize @bullet
7119 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7120 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7121 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7122 may not be as expected.
7123 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7124 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7125 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7126 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7127 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7128 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7129 @end itemize
7130
7131 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7132 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7133
7134 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7135 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7136 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7137 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7138
7139 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7140 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7141 @cindex SVF
7142
7143 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7144 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7145 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7146 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7147
7148 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7149 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7150 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7151 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7152 each command is logged before it is executed.
7153 @end deffn
7154
7155 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7156 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7157 @cindex XSVF
7158
7159 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7160 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7161 Xilinx devices.
7162 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7163 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7164
7165 @quotation Important
7166 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7167 @end quotation
7168
7169 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7170 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7171 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7172 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7173 that TAP.
7174 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7175 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7176 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7177 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7178 @end deffn
7179
7180 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7181 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7182 after building the software.
7183 You may find them useful:
7184
7185 @itemize
7186 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7187 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7188 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7189 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7190 @end itemize
7191
7192 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7193 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7194 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7195 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7196 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7197 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7198 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7199
7200
7201 @node TFTP
7202 @chapter TFTP
7203 @cindex TFTP
7204 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7205 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7206
7207 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7208 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7209 server (tftpd). For example,
7210
7211 @example
7212 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7213 @end example
7214
7215 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7216 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7217
7218 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7219 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7220 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7221 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7222
7223 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7224 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7225 @cindex GDB
7226 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7227 to debug remote targets.
7228 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7229
7230 @itemize
7231 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7232 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7233 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7234 as shown in this chapter.
7235 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7236 that also will probably need to be configured.
7237 @end itemize
7238
7239 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7240 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7241 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7242 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7243 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7244 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7245
7246 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7247 @section Connecting to GDB
7248 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7249 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7250 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7251 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7252 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7253
7254 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7255
7256 @enumerate
7257 @item
7258 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7259 @example
7260 target remote localhost:3333
7261 @end example
7262 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7263 @item
7264 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7265 @example
7266 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7267 @end example
7268 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7269 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7270 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7271 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7272 @end enumerate
7273
7274 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7275 GDB command line.
7276
7277 @section Sample GDB session startup
7278
7279 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7280 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7281 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7282 small ARM program.
7283 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7284 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7285
7286 @example
7287 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7288 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7289 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7290 ...
7291 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7292 ...
7293 (gdb) load
7294 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7295 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7296 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7297 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7298 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7299 (gdb) continue
7300 Continuing.
7301 ...
7302 @end example
7303
7304 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7305 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7306 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7307 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7308
7309 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7310
7311 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7312 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7313 packet size and the device's memory map.
7314 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7315 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7316 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7317
7318 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7319 You may need to set those up by hand.
7320 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7321 something like:
7322
7323 @example
7324 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7325 @end example
7326
7327 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7328
7329 @example
7330 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7331 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7332 @end example
7333
7334 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7335 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7336 do not have such restrictions.
7337
7338 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7339 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7340 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7341
7342 @example
7343 define hook-step
7344 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7345 end
7346 define hookpost-step
7347 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7348 end
7349 @end example
7350
7351 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7352 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7353 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7354 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7355
7356 @section Programming using GDB
7357 @cindex Programming using GDB
7358
7359 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7360 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7361 @example
7362 gdb_memory_map disable
7363 @end example
7364 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7365 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7366 working area.
7367
7368 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7369 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7370 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7371 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7372
7373 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7374 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7375
7376 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7377 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7378 @example
7379 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7380 @end example
7381
7382 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7383 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7384
7385 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7386 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7387 will be used.
7388
7389 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7390 script can be executed:
7391 @example
7392 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7393 @end example
7394
7395 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7396 can be used.
7397 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7398 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7399 @cindex SMP
7400 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7401 @itemize @bullet
7402 @item j - smp status request
7403 @item J - smp set request
7404 @end itemize
7405
7406 OpenOCD implements :
7407 @itemize @bullet
7408 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7409 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7410 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7411 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7412 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7413 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7414 @end itemize
7415
7416 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7417 @itemize @bullet
7418 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7419 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7420 @example
7421 set $_core 1
7422 #Jc01 packet is sent
7423 print $_core
7424 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7425 @end example
7426
7427 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7428 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7429
7430 @example
7431 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7432 define toggle0
7433 maint packet Jc0
7434 continue
7435 main packet Jc-1
7436 end
7437 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
7438 define toggle1
7439 maint packet Jc1
7440 continue
7441 main packet Jc-1
7442 end
7443 @end example
7444 @end itemize
7445
7446
7447 @node Tcl Scripting API
7448 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7449 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7450 @cindex Tcl scripts
7451 @section API rules
7452
7453 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7454 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7455 information as an argument to each proc.
7456
7457 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7458 pair list and lists.
7459
7460 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7461 list.
7462
7463 @verbatim
7464
7465 > set foo(me) Duane
7466 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7467 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7468 > set foo(duck) Donald
7469
7470 If one does this:
7471
7472 > set foo
7473
7474 The result is:
7475
7476 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7477
7478 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7479
7480 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7481 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7482 }
7483 @end verbatim
7484
7485 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7486 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7487
7488 @section Internal low-level Commands
7489
7490 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7491
7492 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7493 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7494 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7495
7496 @itemize @bullet
7497 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7498
7499 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7500 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7501
7502 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7503 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7504
7505 Return information about the flash banks
7506 @end itemize
7507
7508 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7509 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7510 called "flash_banks".
7511
7512 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7513
7514 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7515 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7516 holds one of the following values:
7517
7518 @itemize @bullet
7519 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7520 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7521 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7522 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7523 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7524 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7525 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7526 @end itemize
7527
7528 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7529
7530 @quotation Note
7531 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7532 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7533 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7534 is jim, not real tcl).
7535 @end quotation
7536
7537 @node FAQ
7538 @chapter FAQ
7539 @cindex faq
7540 @enumerate
7541 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7542 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7543 @cindex RTCK
7544 @cindex adaptive clocking
7545 @*
7546
7547 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7548 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7549 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7550 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7551
7552 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7553 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7554 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7555 @enumerate
7556 @item
7557 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7558 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7559 @item
7560 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7561 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7562 @end enumerate
7563
7564 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7565 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7566 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7567 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7568 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7569 power).
7570
7571 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7572 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7573 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7574 ARM926 scenario).
7575 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7576 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7577 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7578
7579 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7580 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7581 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7582 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7583
7584 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7585
7586 In order to make use of this,
7587 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7588 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7589
7590 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7591 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7592 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7593 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7594 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7595
7596 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7597 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7598 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7599 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7600
7601 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7602 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7603 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7604 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7605 with a CPLD.
7606 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7607 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7608 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7609 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7610 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7611 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7612
7613 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7614
7615 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7616
7617 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7618 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7619 depending on the chips on your board.
7620 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7621 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7622 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7623
7624 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7625 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7626 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7627
7628 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7629 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7630 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7631 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7632
7633 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7634 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7635 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7636 this way.
7637
7638 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7639 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7640 clock rate.
7641 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7642 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7643 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7644
7645 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7646
7647 @example
7648 # Example: 1.234MHz
7649 adapter_khz 1234
7650 @end example
7651
7652
7653 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7654
7655 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7656 around Windows filenames.
7657
7658 @example
7659 > echo \a
7660
7661 > echo @{\a@}
7662 \a
7663 > echo "\a"
7664
7665 >
7666 @end example
7667
7668
7669 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7670
7671 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7672 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7673 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7674
7675 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7676 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7677 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7678
7679 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7680 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7681 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7682
7683 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7684
7685 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7686 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7687 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7688 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7689
7690 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7691 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7692 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7693
7694 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7695 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7696
7697 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7698 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7699 memory read caused data abort".
7700
7701 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7702 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7703 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7704 be done, feel free to add this here.
7705
7706 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7707 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7708 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7709 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7710 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7711 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7712 gracefully stops.
7713
7714 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7715 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7716 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7717
7718 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7719 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7720 bytes. Painful...
7721
7722
7723 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7724 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7725
7726 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7727 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7728 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7729 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7730 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7731 reset, everything else should work fine.
7732
7733 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7734 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7735 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7736 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7737
7738 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7739 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7740 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7741 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7742
7743 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7744
7745 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7746 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7747 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7748 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7749
7750 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7751 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7752 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7753 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7754
7755 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7756 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7757 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7758
7759 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7760 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7761
7762 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7763 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7764 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7765 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7766 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7767 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7768 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7769 clock frequency?
7770
7771 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7772 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7773 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7774 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7775 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7776
7777 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7778
7779 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7780 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7781 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7782 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7783 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7784 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7785 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7786
7787 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7788
7789 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7790 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7791 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7792 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7793
7794 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7795 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7796 particular order?
7797
7798 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7799 the same order used by the hardware.
7800
7801 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7802 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7803 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7804 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7805 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7806 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7807
7808 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7809 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7810 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7811 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7812
7813 @itemize @bullet
7814 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7815 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7816 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7817 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7818 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7819 @end itemize
7820
7821 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7822
7823 @itemize @bullet
7824 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7825 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7826 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7827 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7828 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7829 @end itemize
7830
7831
7832 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7833 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7834 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7835
7836 TODO.
7837
7838 @end enumerate
7839
7840 @node Tcl Crash Course
7841 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7842 @cindex Tcl
7843
7844 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7845 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7846 how the Tcl scripts work.
7847
7848 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7849 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
7850 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7851 OpenOCD.
7852
7853 @section Tcl Rule #1
7854 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7855 @enumerate
7856 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7857 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7858 @end enumerate
7859
7860 The Tcl equal is this:
7861
7862 @enumerate
7863 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7864 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7865 @end enumerate
7866
7867 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7868 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7869
7870 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7871 There is a second pair of rules.
7872 @enumerate
7873 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7874 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7875 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7876 in Tcl.
7877 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7878 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7879 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7880 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7881 @end enumerate
7882
7883 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7884 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7885 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7886 Everything is a string}
7887
7888 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7889 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7890 difference is subtle.
7891 @enumerate
7892 @item Parse Time
7893 @item Evaluation Time
7894 @end enumerate
7895
7896 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7897 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7898 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7899
7900 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7901 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7902 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7903 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7904
7905 @itemize @bullet
7906 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7907 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7908 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7909 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7910 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7911 @example
7912 # bash example
7913 X=`date`
7914 echo "The Date is: $X"
7915 # Tcl example
7916 set X [date]
7917 puts "The Date is: $X"
7918 @end example
7919 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7920 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7921 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7922 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7923 is a string}
7924 @example
7925 set x "Dinner"
7926 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7927 @end example
7928 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7929 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7930 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7931 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7932 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7933 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7934 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7935 @end itemize
7936
7937 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7938
7939 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7940
7941 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7942
7943 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7944 the normal way.
7945
7946 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7947 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7948 line is immedatly executed.
7949
7950 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7951 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7952
7953 @subsection Command Execution
7954
7955 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7956 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7957 control flow operators.
7958
7959 Commands are executed like this:
7960
7961 @enumerate
7962 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7963 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7964 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7965 @end enumerate
7966
7967 It sort of works like this:
7968 @example
7969 for(;;)@{
7970 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7971
7972 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7973
7974 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7975 @}
7976 @end example
7977
7978 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7979 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7980 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7981 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7982 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7983 ``LookupCommand()''
7984
7985 @subsection The FOR command
7986
7987 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7988 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7989 command just like any other command.
7990
7991 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7992 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7993 are:
7994
7995 @enumerate 0
7996 @item The ascii text 'for'
7997 @item The start text
7998 @item The test expression
7999 @item The next text
8000 @item The body text
8001 @end enumerate
8002
8003 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8004 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8005 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8006 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8007
8008 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8009 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8010
8011 @example
8012 int
8013 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8014 int *argc,
8015 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8016 @end example
8017
8018 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8019 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8020 still operates in the same basic way.
8021
8022 @subsection FOR command implementation
8023
8024 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8025 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8026
8027 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8028
8029 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8030
8031 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8032 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8033 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8034
8035 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8036 expression and returns a value.
8037
8038 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8039 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8040 @example
8041 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8042
8043 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8044
8045 int
8046 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8047 int argc,
8048 char **argv )
8049 @{
8050 if( argc != 5 )@{
8051 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8052 return ERROR;
8053 @}
8054
8055 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8056
8057 // Execute the start statement.
8058 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8059
8060 // Top of loop test
8061 for(;;)@{
8062 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8063 if( i == 0 )
8064 break;
8065
8066 // Execute the body
8067 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8068
8069 // Execute the LOOP part
8070 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8071 @}
8072
8073 // Return no error
8074 SetResult( interp, "" );
8075 return SUCCESS;
8076 @}
8077 @end example
8078
8079 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8080 in the same basic way.
8081
8082 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8083
8084 @subsection source and find commands
8085 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8086 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8087 @*Remember the parsing rules
8088 @enumerate
8089 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8090 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8091 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8092 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8093 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8094 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8095 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8096 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8097 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8098 @end enumerate
8099 @subsection format command
8100 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8101 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8102 @b{sprintf()}.
8103 @b{Example}
8104 @example
8105 set x 6
8106 set y 7
8107 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8108 @end example
8109 @enumerate
8110 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8111 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8112 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8113 @* Refer to Rule #1
8114 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8115 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8116 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8117 @end enumerate
8118 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8119 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8120 @example
8121 #1 Good
8122 proc someproc @{@} @{
8123 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8124 @}
8125 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8126 #2 Good - no variables
8127 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8128 #3 Good Curly Braces
8129 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8130 puts "Time: [date]"
8131 @}
8132 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8133 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8134 @end example
8135 @enumerate
8136 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8137 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8138 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8139 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8140 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8141 command.
8142 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8143 @*There are 4 examples:
8144 @enumerate
8145 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8146 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8147 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8148 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8149 @end enumerate
8150
8151 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8152 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8153 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8154
8155 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8156 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8157 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8158 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8159 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8160 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8161 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8162 @end enumerate
8163 @subsection Global Variables
8164 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8165 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8166 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8167 @example
8168 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8169 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8170 global x #Global variable X
8171 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8172 @}
8173 @end example
8174 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8175 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8176 @example
8177 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8178 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8179 # Create var name
8180 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8181 # Make it a global
8182 global $vn
8183 # Set it.
8184 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8185 @}
8186 @end example
8187 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8188 @example
8189 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8190 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8191 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8192 @}
8193 @end example
8194
8195 @include fdl.texi
8196
8197 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8198 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8199 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8200 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8201 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8202 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8203
8204 @printindex cp
8205
8206 @node Command and Driver Index
8207 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8208 @printindex fn
8209
8210 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)